<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Kamar</id>
	<title>Adjutant Wiki - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Kamar"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Special:Contributions/Kamar"/>
	<updated>2026-04-30T04:57:10Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.31.0</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Sales_Orders&amp;diff=5868</id>
		<title>Sales Orders</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Sales_Orders&amp;diff=5868"/>
		<updated>2025-03-24T19:31:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamar: /* Related Videos */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
==General Information==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;How To Access&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;URL&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Orders_S.htm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Menu Location&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Create &amp;gt;&amp;gt; New Sales Order&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Shortcut Icon Bar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; [[File:Sales_Order_Shortcut_Icon.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Function&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; The Sales Orders Screen is used to add, edit, close or delete sales orders. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Master Screen Tabs==&lt;br /&gt;
===Sales Orders===&lt;br /&gt;
Add, edit, close or delete sales orders. Generate purchase orders, check sales order approval status and create invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:New_Sales_Order.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Unique Actions&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Close Order&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Close the sales order&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Submit to Plant&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Submit the order to production&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Generate POs&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Generate a purchase order for items on the sales order that are not in stock and will not be produced in-house.&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ship/Invoice Ord&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Execute shipping event and invoice the order&lt;br /&gt;
:* This action links to the [[Manual Shipping]] screen. When an order is manually shipped, the sales order is closed. To edit this Sales Order further, first use the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Open Order&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; action.&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Copy Order&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Copy currently selected sales order to create a new sales order.&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;% Margain Calc&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Calculate and view margin percentage for all items on the order.&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Comm Link&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; View commissions associated with the order&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;PDF&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Launch SO PDF pop-ip window. Attach PDFs to the Print SO screen by selecting the check box. PDFs visible in the list are set up to display from the [[Sales Order PDF Attachments - SOPDF Rule]] and can be defaulted to be checked. Item attributes can also be used to default a PDF to be checked. &lt;br /&gt;
:* This option is only be available in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Actions Menu&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; once the [[Sales Order PDF Attachments - SOPDF Rule]] has been set up.&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Bullet List&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  This icon will add specific messages populated from the [^RULE-SOBLIST|SO Bullet List Rule]. When selected, it will launch a jump screen that will allow you to populate and edit a list of disclaimers based on text in the rule, or a linked .txt file. Once saved, the text body can display on the Sales Order and/or packing slip forms. The SOb button will only be available once the SOBLIST rule has been set up.  This can be displayed on the form with the following cursor &amp;#039;a_pomast.bulletnote&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Create Bill of Lading:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Create a [[Bill of Lading]] to issue to carriers for freight.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Fields/Filters&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Add/Create ShipTo:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Click the [|][image|Image|{UP}/Sales Order/A.png] button in order to create a new ShipTo for the associated Client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Client:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The client or customer the SO is being issued to.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Bill To:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The company which will be billed for the SO.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Type:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The type of SO which is being created. This could be One Time Sales Order, Change Order, Work Order, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Owner:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ship To:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The loocation which items of the SO will be sent.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;UpTax:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; This field can be clicked to UPDATE the tax rate of the ship to on the Sales Order.  This is used when an order&amp;#039;s shipto sales tax table is changed.  Once the tax table is changed on the shipto screen, user will click this button to update changes on the actual Sales Order.&lt;br /&gt;
:  &lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;No Processing:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; This checkbox will prevent an invoice from being created until all items on the sales order have been shipped.  Once the last item is shipped, an invoice number is generated when accounting is batched out (until then it&amp;#039;s a pending invoice).    &lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Hold:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; This checkbox will keep the sales order from going through the approval process.  Approvals will be enforced when this is unchecked.  &lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CPU:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  This checkbox will apply taxes based on the tax table linked to the selected Whse instead of using the Ship To&amp;#039;s tax table.  Taxes will not be applied if the Sold To or Ship To is marked as tax exempt.  &lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;SO Date:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The date the Sales order is issued.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Req Date:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The date the items are required to ship.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Load Date:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The date the items will be loaded.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Fax #:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  If the form is to be faxed, the fax number associated with this order.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Mileage:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Any associated milaeage for this Sales Order.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Account Manager:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; The Account Manager in charge of this Sales Order. &lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Sales Manager:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The Sales Manager in charge of this Sales Order.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Freight:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The method of freight payment.  Freight codes may be added/edited/deleted in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Rule Maintenance&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; screen by selecting Freight Codes from the drop-down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;FOB:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Free on Board terms.  Click here for a definition. FOB terms may be added/edited/deleted in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Rule Maintenance &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; screen by selecting FOB Codes from the drop-down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ship Via:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The method of shipping.  Ship Via Codes may be added/edited/deleted in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Rule Maintenance&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; screen by selecting Ship Via Codes from the drop-down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Custom SO#:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; The user has the ability to designate this SO with a custom number (anything other than the default/auto number)&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Confirm To:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  User-definable.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Terms:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Terms of Payment.  Terms codes may be added/edited/deleted in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Rule Maintenance&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; screen by selecting Terms Codes from the drop-down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;WHSE:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Warehouse&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Order #:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  User-definable.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Contract #:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Contract which SO is tied to.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Carrier:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; The carrier delivering items on the SO.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Plant:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Plant where items on SO were manufactured.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Remarks:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; User-definable.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Held For:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The company the items will be held for.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Priority:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Certs:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;MTRS:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Comments:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  User defined. These are pre-populated responses that can pull into the SO form.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Weight:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Project:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; The project associated with this order.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;COD Amount:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Collect on delivery amount&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;County:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Currency:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The currency of sales order&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;SMS Update:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Will send text message updates on this sales order if set up.  Learn more about text messages in Adjutant [HOW-TO-Send-out-text-message-updates-for-a-Sales-Order|here]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Items===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Fields/Filters&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Grid Headers&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Line #&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Item&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Descrip&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Qty Ord&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Qty Ship&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Quantity Shipped&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Sell Price&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ext Total&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ext Tax&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Carton List&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Carton item is loaded into for the Shipping Event&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Warehouse&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Warehouse where the item is currently stored&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Phase&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Dol Ship&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ship Amount&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Line Weight&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;DS&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Plant&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Warehouse where the item was made&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Sell Unit&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Unit Price&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Cost&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Get Price&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Piece Mark&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Length&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;RFQ #&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Back Order&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;BO Qty&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;SO SE#&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;BO Date&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;BO Note&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Pull From Stock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Base Cost&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Qty Loaded&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Subtotal&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Qty Assem&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Item Class&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Length In Inches&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Length in Feet&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Squares&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Extra 1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Price Group&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Producible&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Attributes&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;ID 1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;ID 2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Creating a Recurring Sales Order===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Step 1:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Select the Template box on the Sales Order Header tab&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot_2025-03-24_142302.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Step 2:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;After saving, a new button labeled Setup Recurring Ord will appear. Select this&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot_2025-03-24_142325.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Step 3:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;In the Recurring Status modal, set the desired parameters (frequency, number of generations, date range, etc.) then click Save&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot_2025-03-24_142345.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Security Tokens===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Special 16 - NO CHECK TAXABLE:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  If checked, the user is prevented from accessing the &amp;#039;Taxable&amp;#039; checkbox in Line Item Entry. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Special 17 - EDIT PGROUP:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  If checked, the user is allowed access to edit the Customer Price Group drop down in Line Item Entry. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Special 19 - DISABLE REMOVE:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Disables the Remove Link button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Security/Screen Options===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Related Videos===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.youtube.com/embed/l9eRHw28eqA | Create and Generate Recurring Sales Order]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.youtube.com/embed/Sobns5b4OeY | Enter Cash on a Non Shipped / Produce Order]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamar</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Sales_Orders&amp;diff=5867</id>
		<title>Sales Orders</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Sales_Orders&amp;diff=5867"/>
		<updated>2025-03-24T19:31:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamar: /* Creating a Recurring Sales Order */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
==General Information==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;How To Access&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;URL&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Orders_S.htm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Menu Location&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Create &amp;gt;&amp;gt; New Sales Order&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Shortcut Icon Bar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; [[File:Sales_Order_Shortcut_Icon.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Function&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; The Sales Orders Screen is used to add, edit, close or delete sales orders. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Master Screen Tabs==&lt;br /&gt;
===Sales Orders===&lt;br /&gt;
Add, edit, close or delete sales orders. Generate purchase orders, check sales order approval status and create invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:New_Sales_Order.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Unique Actions&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Close Order&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Close the sales order&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Submit to Plant&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Submit the order to production&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Generate POs&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Generate a purchase order for items on the sales order that are not in stock and will not be produced in-house.&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ship/Invoice Ord&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Execute shipping event and invoice the order&lt;br /&gt;
:* This action links to the [[Manual Shipping]] screen. When an order is manually shipped, the sales order is closed. To edit this Sales Order further, first use the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Open Order&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; action.&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Copy Order&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Copy currently selected sales order to create a new sales order.&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;% Margain Calc&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Calculate and view margin percentage for all items on the order.&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Comm Link&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; View commissions associated with the order&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;PDF&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Launch SO PDF pop-ip window. Attach PDFs to the Print SO screen by selecting the check box. PDFs visible in the list are set up to display from the [[Sales Order PDF Attachments - SOPDF Rule]] and can be defaulted to be checked. Item attributes can also be used to default a PDF to be checked. &lt;br /&gt;
:* This option is only be available in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Actions Menu&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; once the [[Sales Order PDF Attachments - SOPDF Rule]] has been set up.&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Bullet List&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  This icon will add specific messages populated from the [^RULE-SOBLIST|SO Bullet List Rule]. When selected, it will launch a jump screen that will allow you to populate and edit a list of disclaimers based on text in the rule, or a linked .txt file. Once saved, the text body can display on the Sales Order and/or packing slip forms. The SOb button will only be available once the SOBLIST rule has been set up.  This can be displayed on the form with the following cursor &amp;#039;a_pomast.bulletnote&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Create Bill of Lading:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Create a [[Bill of Lading]] to issue to carriers for freight.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Fields/Filters&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Add/Create ShipTo:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Click the [|][image|Image|{UP}/Sales Order/A.png] button in order to create a new ShipTo for the associated Client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Client:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The client or customer the SO is being issued to.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Bill To:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The company which will be billed for the SO.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Type:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The type of SO which is being created. This could be One Time Sales Order, Change Order, Work Order, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Owner:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ship To:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The loocation which items of the SO will be sent.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;UpTax:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; This field can be clicked to UPDATE the tax rate of the ship to on the Sales Order.  This is used when an order&amp;#039;s shipto sales tax table is changed.  Once the tax table is changed on the shipto screen, user will click this button to update changes on the actual Sales Order.&lt;br /&gt;
:  &lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;No Processing:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; This checkbox will prevent an invoice from being created until all items on the sales order have been shipped.  Once the last item is shipped, an invoice number is generated when accounting is batched out (until then it&amp;#039;s a pending invoice).    &lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Hold:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; This checkbox will keep the sales order from going through the approval process.  Approvals will be enforced when this is unchecked.  &lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CPU:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  This checkbox will apply taxes based on the tax table linked to the selected Whse instead of using the Ship To&amp;#039;s tax table.  Taxes will not be applied if the Sold To or Ship To is marked as tax exempt.  &lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;SO Date:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The date the Sales order is issued.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Req Date:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The date the items are required to ship.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Load Date:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The date the items will be loaded.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Fax #:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  If the form is to be faxed, the fax number associated with this order.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Mileage:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Any associated milaeage for this Sales Order.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Account Manager:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; The Account Manager in charge of this Sales Order. &lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Sales Manager:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The Sales Manager in charge of this Sales Order.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Freight:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The method of freight payment.  Freight codes may be added/edited/deleted in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Rule Maintenance&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; screen by selecting Freight Codes from the drop-down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;FOB:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Free on Board terms.  Click here for a definition. FOB terms may be added/edited/deleted in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Rule Maintenance &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; screen by selecting FOB Codes from the drop-down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ship Via:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The method of shipping.  Ship Via Codes may be added/edited/deleted in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Rule Maintenance&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; screen by selecting Ship Via Codes from the drop-down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Custom SO#:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; The user has the ability to designate this SO with a custom number (anything other than the default/auto number)&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Confirm To:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  User-definable.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Terms:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Terms of Payment.  Terms codes may be added/edited/deleted in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Rule Maintenance&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; screen by selecting Terms Codes from the drop-down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;WHSE:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Warehouse&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Order #:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  User-definable.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Contract #:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Contract which SO is tied to.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Carrier:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; The carrier delivering items on the SO.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Plant:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Plant where items on SO were manufactured.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Remarks:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; User-definable.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Held For:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The company the items will be held for.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Priority:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Certs:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;MTRS:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Comments:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  User defined. These are pre-populated responses that can pull into the SO form.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Weight:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Project:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; The project associated with this order.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;COD Amount:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Collect on delivery amount&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;County:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Currency:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The currency of sales order&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;SMS Update:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Will send text message updates on this sales order if set up.  Learn more about text messages in Adjutant [HOW-TO-Send-out-text-message-updates-for-a-Sales-Order|here]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Items===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Fields/Filters&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Grid Headers&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Line #&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Item&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Descrip&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Qty Ord&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Qty Ship&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Quantity Shipped&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Sell Price&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ext Total&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ext Tax&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Carton List&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Carton item is loaded into for the Shipping Event&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Warehouse&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Warehouse where the item is currently stored&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Phase&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Dol Ship&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ship Amount&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Line Weight&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;DS&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Plant&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Warehouse where the item was made&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Sell Unit&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Unit Price&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Cost&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Get Price&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Piece Mark&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Length&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;RFQ #&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Back Order&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;BO Qty&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;SO SE#&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;BO Date&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;BO Note&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Pull From Stock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Base Cost&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Qty Loaded&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Subtotal&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Qty Assem&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Item Class&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Length In Inches&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Length in Feet&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Squares&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Extra 1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Price Group&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Producible&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Attributes&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;ID 1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;ID 2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Creating a Recurring Sales Order===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Step 1:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Select the Template box on the Sales Order Header tab&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot_2025-03-24_142302.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Step 2:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;After saving, a new button labeled Setup Recurring Ord will appear. Select this&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot_2025-03-24_142325.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Step 3:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;In the Recurring Status modal, set the desired parameters (frequency, number of generations, date range, etc.) then click Save&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot_2025-03-24_142345.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Security Tokens===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Special 16 - NO CHECK TAXABLE:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  If checked, the user is prevented from accessing the &amp;#039;Taxable&amp;#039; checkbox in Line Item Entry. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Special 17 - EDIT PGROUP:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  If checked, the user is allowed access to edit the Customer Price Group drop down in Line Item Entry. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Special 19 - DISABLE REMOVE:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Disables the Remove Link button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Security/Screen Options===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Related Videos===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.youtube.com/embed/l9eRHw28eqA | Create and Generate Recurring Sales Order]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.youtube.com/embed/Sobns5b4OeY | Enter Cash on a Non Shipped / Produce Order]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamar</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Sales_Orders&amp;diff=5866</id>
		<title>Sales Orders</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Sales_Orders&amp;diff=5866"/>
		<updated>2025-03-24T19:30:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamar: /* Creating a Recurring Sales Order */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
==General Information==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;How To Access&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;URL&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Orders_S.htm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Menu Location&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Create &amp;gt;&amp;gt; New Sales Order&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Shortcut Icon Bar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; [[File:Sales_Order_Shortcut_Icon.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Function&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; The Sales Orders Screen is used to add, edit, close or delete sales orders. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Master Screen Tabs==&lt;br /&gt;
===Sales Orders===&lt;br /&gt;
Add, edit, close or delete sales orders. Generate purchase orders, check sales order approval status and create invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:New_Sales_Order.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Unique Actions&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Close Order&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Close the sales order&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Submit to Plant&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Submit the order to production&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Generate POs&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Generate a purchase order for items on the sales order that are not in stock and will not be produced in-house.&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ship/Invoice Ord&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Execute shipping event and invoice the order&lt;br /&gt;
:* This action links to the [[Manual Shipping]] screen. When an order is manually shipped, the sales order is closed. To edit this Sales Order further, first use the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Open Order&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; action.&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Copy Order&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Copy currently selected sales order to create a new sales order.&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;% Margain Calc&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Calculate and view margin percentage for all items on the order.&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Comm Link&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; View commissions associated with the order&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;PDF&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Launch SO PDF pop-ip window. Attach PDFs to the Print SO screen by selecting the check box. PDFs visible in the list are set up to display from the [[Sales Order PDF Attachments - SOPDF Rule]] and can be defaulted to be checked. Item attributes can also be used to default a PDF to be checked. &lt;br /&gt;
:* This option is only be available in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Actions Menu&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; once the [[Sales Order PDF Attachments - SOPDF Rule]] has been set up.&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Bullet List&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  This icon will add specific messages populated from the [^RULE-SOBLIST|SO Bullet List Rule]. When selected, it will launch a jump screen that will allow you to populate and edit a list of disclaimers based on text in the rule, or a linked .txt file. Once saved, the text body can display on the Sales Order and/or packing slip forms. The SOb button will only be available once the SOBLIST rule has been set up.  This can be displayed on the form with the following cursor &amp;#039;a_pomast.bulletnote&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Create Bill of Lading:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Create a [[Bill of Lading]] to issue to carriers for freight.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Fields/Filters&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Add/Create ShipTo:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Click the [|][image|Image|{UP}/Sales Order/A.png] button in order to create a new ShipTo for the associated Client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Client:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The client or customer the SO is being issued to.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Bill To:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The company which will be billed for the SO.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Type:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The type of SO which is being created. This could be One Time Sales Order, Change Order, Work Order, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Owner:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ship To:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The loocation which items of the SO will be sent.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;UpTax:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; This field can be clicked to UPDATE the tax rate of the ship to on the Sales Order.  This is used when an order&amp;#039;s shipto sales tax table is changed.  Once the tax table is changed on the shipto screen, user will click this button to update changes on the actual Sales Order.&lt;br /&gt;
:  &lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;No Processing:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; This checkbox will prevent an invoice from being created until all items on the sales order have been shipped.  Once the last item is shipped, an invoice number is generated when accounting is batched out (until then it&amp;#039;s a pending invoice).    &lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Hold:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; This checkbox will keep the sales order from going through the approval process.  Approvals will be enforced when this is unchecked.  &lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CPU:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  This checkbox will apply taxes based on the tax table linked to the selected Whse instead of using the Ship To&amp;#039;s tax table.  Taxes will not be applied if the Sold To or Ship To is marked as tax exempt.  &lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;SO Date:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The date the Sales order is issued.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Req Date:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The date the items are required to ship.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Load Date:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The date the items will be loaded.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Fax #:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  If the form is to be faxed, the fax number associated with this order.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Mileage:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Any associated milaeage for this Sales Order.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Account Manager:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; The Account Manager in charge of this Sales Order. &lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Sales Manager:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The Sales Manager in charge of this Sales Order.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Freight:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The method of freight payment.  Freight codes may be added/edited/deleted in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Rule Maintenance&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; screen by selecting Freight Codes from the drop-down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;FOB:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Free on Board terms.  Click here for a definition. FOB terms may be added/edited/deleted in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Rule Maintenance &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; screen by selecting FOB Codes from the drop-down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ship Via:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The method of shipping.  Ship Via Codes may be added/edited/deleted in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Rule Maintenance&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; screen by selecting Ship Via Codes from the drop-down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Custom SO#:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; The user has the ability to designate this SO with a custom number (anything other than the default/auto number)&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Confirm To:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  User-definable.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Terms:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Terms of Payment.  Terms codes may be added/edited/deleted in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Rule Maintenance&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; screen by selecting Terms Codes from the drop-down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;WHSE:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Warehouse&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Order #:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  User-definable.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Contract #:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Contract which SO is tied to.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Carrier:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; The carrier delivering items on the SO.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Plant:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Plant where items on SO were manufactured.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Remarks:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; User-definable.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Held For:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The company the items will be held for.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Priority:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Certs:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;MTRS:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Comments:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  User defined. These are pre-populated responses that can pull into the SO form.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Weight:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Project:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; The project associated with this order.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;COD Amount:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Collect on delivery amount&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;County:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Currency:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The currency of sales order&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;SMS Update:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Will send text message updates on this sales order if set up.  Learn more about text messages in Adjutant [HOW-TO-Send-out-text-message-updates-for-a-Sales-Order|here]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Items===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Fields/Filters&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Grid Headers&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Line #&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Item&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Descrip&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Qty Ord&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Qty Ship&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Quantity Shipped&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Sell Price&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ext Total&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ext Tax&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Carton List&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Carton item is loaded into for the Shipping Event&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Warehouse&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Warehouse where the item is currently stored&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Phase&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Dol Ship&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ship Amount&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Line Weight&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;DS&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Plant&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Warehouse where the item was made&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Sell Unit&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Unit Price&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Cost&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Get Price&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Piece Mark&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Length&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;RFQ #&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Back Order&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;BO Qty&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;SO SE#&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;BO Date&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;BO Note&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Pull From Stock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Base Cost&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Qty Loaded&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Subtotal&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Qty Assem&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Item Class&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Length In Inches&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Length in Feet&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Squares&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Extra 1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Price Group&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Producible&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Attributes&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;ID 1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;ID 2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Creating a Recurring Sales Order===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Step 1:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Select the Template box on the Sales Order Header tab&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot_2025-03-24_142302.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Sept 2:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;After saving, a new button labeled Setup Recurring Ord will appear. Select this&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot_2025-03-24_142325.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Step 3:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;In the Recurring Status modal, set the desired parameters (frequency, number of generations, date range, etc.) then click Save&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot_2025-03-24_142345.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Security Tokens===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Special 16 - NO CHECK TAXABLE:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  If checked, the user is prevented from accessing the &amp;#039;Taxable&amp;#039; checkbox in Line Item Entry. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Special 17 - EDIT PGROUP:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  If checked, the user is allowed access to edit the Customer Price Group drop down in Line Item Entry. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Special 19 - DISABLE REMOVE:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Disables the Remove Link button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Security/Screen Options===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Related Videos===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.youtube.com/embed/l9eRHw28eqA | Create and Generate Recurring Sales Order]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.youtube.com/embed/Sobns5b4OeY | Enter Cash on a Non Shipped / Produce Order]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamar</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Sales_Orders&amp;diff=5865</id>
		<title>Sales Orders</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Sales_Orders&amp;diff=5865"/>
		<updated>2025-03-24T19:30:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamar: /* Creating a Recurring Sales Order */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
==General Information==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;How To Access&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;URL&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Orders_S.htm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Menu Location&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Create &amp;gt;&amp;gt; New Sales Order&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Shortcut Icon Bar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; [[File:Sales_Order_Shortcut_Icon.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Function&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; The Sales Orders Screen is used to add, edit, close or delete sales orders. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Master Screen Tabs==&lt;br /&gt;
===Sales Orders===&lt;br /&gt;
Add, edit, close or delete sales orders. Generate purchase orders, check sales order approval status and create invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:New_Sales_Order.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Unique Actions&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Close Order&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Close the sales order&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Submit to Plant&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Submit the order to production&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Generate POs&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Generate a purchase order for items on the sales order that are not in stock and will not be produced in-house.&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ship/Invoice Ord&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Execute shipping event and invoice the order&lt;br /&gt;
:* This action links to the [[Manual Shipping]] screen. When an order is manually shipped, the sales order is closed. To edit this Sales Order further, first use the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Open Order&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; action.&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Copy Order&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Copy currently selected sales order to create a new sales order.&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;% Margain Calc&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Calculate and view margin percentage for all items on the order.&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Comm Link&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; View commissions associated with the order&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;PDF&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Launch SO PDF pop-ip window. Attach PDFs to the Print SO screen by selecting the check box. PDFs visible in the list are set up to display from the [[Sales Order PDF Attachments - SOPDF Rule]] and can be defaulted to be checked. Item attributes can also be used to default a PDF to be checked. &lt;br /&gt;
:* This option is only be available in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Actions Menu&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; once the [[Sales Order PDF Attachments - SOPDF Rule]] has been set up.&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Bullet List&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  This icon will add specific messages populated from the [^RULE-SOBLIST|SO Bullet List Rule]. When selected, it will launch a jump screen that will allow you to populate and edit a list of disclaimers based on text in the rule, or a linked .txt file. Once saved, the text body can display on the Sales Order and/or packing slip forms. The SOb button will only be available once the SOBLIST rule has been set up.  This can be displayed on the form with the following cursor &amp;#039;a_pomast.bulletnote&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Create Bill of Lading:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Create a [[Bill of Lading]] to issue to carriers for freight.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Fields/Filters&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Add/Create ShipTo:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Click the [|][image|Image|{UP}/Sales Order/A.png] button in order to create a new ShipTo for the associated Client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Client:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The client or customer the SO is being issued to.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Bill To:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The company which will be billed for the SO.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Type:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The type of SO which is being created. This could be One Time Sales Order, Change Order, Work Order, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Owner:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ship To:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The loocation which items of the SO will be sent.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;UpTax:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; This field can be clicked to UPDATE the tax rate of the ship to on the Sales Order.  This is used when an order&amp;#039;s shipto sales tax table is changed.  Once the tax table is changed on the shipto screen, user will click this button to update changes on the actual Sales Order.&lt;br /&gt;
:  &lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;No Processing:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; This checkbox will prevent an invoice from being created until all items on the sales order have been shipped.  Once the last item is shipped, an invoice number is generated when accounting is batched out (until then it&amp;#039;s a pending invoice).    &lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Hold:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; This checkbox will keep the sales order from going through the approval process.  Approvals will be enforced when this is unchecked.  &lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CPU:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  This checkbox will apply taxes based on the tax table linked to the selected Whse instead of using the Ship To&amp;#039;s tax table.  Taxes will not be applied if the Sold To or Ship To is marked as tax exempt.  &lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;SO Date:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The date the Sales order is issued.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Req Date:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The date the items are required to ship.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Load Date:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The date the items will be loaded.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Fax #:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  If the form is to be faxed, the fax number associated with this order.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Mileage:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Any associated milaeage for this Sales Order.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Account Manager:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; The Account Manager in charge of this Sales Order. &lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Sales Manager:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The Sales Manager in charge of this Sales Order.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Freight:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The method of freight payment.  Freight codes may be added/edited/deleted in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Rule Maintenance&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; screen by selecting Freight Codes from the drop-down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;FOB:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Free on Board terms.  Click here for a definition. FOB terms may be added/edited/deleted in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Rule Maintenance &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; screen by selecting FOB Codes from the drop-down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ship Via:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The method of shipping.  Ship Via Codes may be added/edited/deleted in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Rule Maintenance&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; screen by selecting Ship Via Codes from the drop-down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Custom SO#:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; The user has the ability to designate this SO with a custom number (anything other than the default/auto number)&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Confirm To:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  User-definable.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Terms:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Terms of Payment.  Terms codes may be added/edited/deleted in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Rule Maintenance&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; screen by selecting Terms Codes from the drop-down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;WHSE:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Warehouse&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Order #:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  User-definable.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Contract #:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Contract which SO is tied to.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Carrier:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; The carrier delivering items on the SO.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Plant:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Plant where items on SO were manufactured.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Remarks:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; User-definable.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Held For:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The company the items will be held for.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Priority:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Certs:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;MTRS:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Comments:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  User defined. These are pre-populated responses that can pull into the SO form.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Weight:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Project:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; The project associated with this order.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;COD Amount:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Collect on delivery amount&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;County:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Currency:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The currency of sales order&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;SMS Update:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Will send text message updates on this sales order if set up.  Learn more about text messages in Adjutant [HOW-TO-Send-out-text-message-updates-for-a-Sales-Order|here]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Items===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Fields/Filters&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Grid Headers&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Line #&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Item&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Descrip&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Qty Ord&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Qty Ship&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Quantity Shipped&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Sell Price&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ext Total&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ext Tax&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Carton List&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Carton item is loaded into for the Shipping Event&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Warehouse&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Warehouse where the item is currently stored&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Phase&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Dol Ship&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ship Amount&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Line Weight&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;DS&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Plant&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Warehouse where the item was made&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Sell Unit&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Unit Price&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Cost&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Get Price&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Piece Mark&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Length&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;RFQ #&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Back Order&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;BO Qty&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;SO SE#&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;BO Date&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;BO Note&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Pull From Stock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Base Cost&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Qty Loaded&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Subtotal&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Qty Assem&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Item Class&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Length In Inches&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Length in Feet&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Squares&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Extra 1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Price Group&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Producible&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Attributes&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;ID 1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;ID 2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Creating a Recurring Sales Order===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Step 1:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Select the Template box on the Sales Order Header tab&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot_2025-03-24_142302.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Sept 2:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;After saving, a new button labeled Setup Recurring Ord will appear. Select this&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot_2025-03-24_142325.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Step 3:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;In the Recurring Status modal, set the desired parameters (frequency, number of generations, date range, etc.) then click save&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot_2025-03-24_142345.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Security Tokens===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Special 16 - NO CHECK TAXABLE:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  If checked, the user is prevented from accessing the &amp;#039;Taxable&amp;#039; checkbox in Line Item Entry. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Special 17 - EDIT PGROUP:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  If checked, the user is allowed access to edit the Customer Price Group drop down in Line Item Entry. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Special 19 - DISABLE REMOVE:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Disables the Remove Link button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Security/Screen Options===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Related Videos===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.youtube.com/embed/l9eRHw28eqA | Create and Generate Recurring Sales Order]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.youtube.com/embed/Sobns5b4OeY | Enter Cash on a Non Shipped / Produce Order]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamar</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Sales_Orders&amp;diff=5864</id>
		<title>Sales Orders</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Sales_Orders&amp;diff=5864"/>
		<updated>2025-03-24T19:29:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamar: /* Creating a Recurring Sales Order */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
==General Information==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;How To Access&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;URL&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Orders_S.htm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Menu Location&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Create &amp;gt;&amp;gt; New Sales Order&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Shortcut Icon Bar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; [[File:Sales_Order_Shortcut_Icon.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Function&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; The Sales Orders Screen is used to add, edit, close or delete sales orders. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Master Screen Tabs==&lt;br /&gt;
===Sales Orders===&lt;br /&gt;
Add, edit, close or delete sales orders. Generate purchase orders, check sales order approval status and create invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:New_Sales_Order.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Unique Actions&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Close Order&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Close the sales order&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Submit to Plant&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Submit the order to production&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Generate POs&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Generate a purchase order for items on the sales order that are not in stock and will not be produced in-house.&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ship/Invoice Ord&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Execute shipping event and invoice the order&lt;br /&gt;
:* This action links to the [[Manual Shipping]] screen. When an order is manually shipped, the sales order is closed. To edit this Sales Order further, first use the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Open Order&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; action.&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Copy Order&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Copy currently selected sales order to create a new sales order.&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;% Margain Calc&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Calculate and view margin percentage for all items on the order.&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Comm Link&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; View commissions associated with the order&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;PDF&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Launch SO PDF pop-ip window. Attach PDFs to the Print SO screen by selecting the check box. PDFs visible in the list are set up to display from the [[Sales Order PDF Attachments - SOPDF Rule]] and can be defaulted to be checked. Item attributes can also be used to default a PDF to be checked. &lt;br /&gt;
:* This option is only be available in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Actions Menu&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; once the [[Sales Order PDF Attachments - SOPDF Rule]] has been set up.&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Bullet List&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  This icon will add specific messages populated from the [^RULE-SOBLIST|SO Bullet List Rule]. When selected, it will launch a jump screen that will allow you to populate and edit a list of disclaimers based on text in the rule, or a linked .txt file. Once saved, the text body can display on the Sales Order and/or packing slip forms. The SOb button will only be available once the SOBLIST rule has been set up.  This can be displayed on the form with the following cursor &amp;#039;a_pomast.bulletnote&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Create Bill of Lading:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Create a [[Bill of Lading]] to issue to carriers for freight.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Fields/Filters&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Add/Create ShipTo:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Click the [|][image|Image|{UP}/Sales Order/A.png] button in order to create a new ShipTo for the associated Client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Client:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The client or customer the SO is being issued to.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Bill To:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The company which will be billed for the SO.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Type:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The type of SO which is being created. This could be One Time Sales Order, Change Order, Work Order, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Owner:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ship To:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The loocation which items of the SO will be sent.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;UpTax:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; This field can be clicked to UPDATE the tax rate of the ship to on the Sales Order.  This is used when an order&amp;#039;s shipto sales tax table is changed.  Once the tax table is changed on the shipto screen, user will click this button to update changes on the actual Sales Order.&lt;br /&gt;
:  &lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;No Processing:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; This checkbox will prevent an invoice from being created until all items on the sales order have been shipped.  Once the last item is shipped, an invoice number is generated when accounting is batched out (until then it&amp;#039;s a pending invoice).    &lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Hold:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; This checkbox will keep the sales order from going through the approval process.  Approvals will be enforced when this is unchecked.  &lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CPU:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  This checkbox will apply taxes based on the tax table linked to the selected Whse instead of using the Ship To&amp;#039;s tax table.  Taxes will not be applied if the Sold To or Ship To is marked as tax exempt.  &lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;SO Date:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The date the Sales order is issued.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Req Date:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The date the items are required to ship.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Load Date:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The date the items will be loaded.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Fax #:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  If the form is to be faxed, the fax number associated with this order.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Mileage:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Any associated milaeage for this Sales Order.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Account Manager:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; The Account Manager in charge of this Sales Order. &lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Sales Manager:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The Sales Manager in charge of this Sales Order.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Freight:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The method of freight payment.  Freight codes may be added/edited/deleted in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Rule Maintenance&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; screen by selecting Freight Codes from the drop-down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;FOB:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Free on Board terms.  Click here for a definition. FOB terms may be added/edited/deleted in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Rule Maintenance &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; screen by selecting FOB Codes from the drop-down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ship Via:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The method of shipping.  Ship Via Codes may be added/edited/deleted in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Rule Maintenance&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; screen by selecting Ship Via Codes from the drop-down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Custom SO#:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; The user has the ability to designate this SO with a custom number (anything other than the default/auto number)&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Confirm To:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  User-definable.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Terms:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Terms of Payment.  Terms codes may be added/edited/deleted in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Rule Maintenance&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; screen by selecting Terms Codes from the drop-down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;WHSE:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Warehouse&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Order #:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  User-definable.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Contract #:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Contract which SO is tied to.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Carrier:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; The carrier delivering items on the SO.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Plant:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Plant where items on SO were manufactured.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Remarks:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; User-definable.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Held For:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The company the items will be held for.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Priority:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Certs:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;MTRS:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Comments:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  User defined. These are pre-populated responses that can pull into the SO form.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Weight:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Project:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; The project associated with this order.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;COD Amount:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Collect on delivery amount&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;County:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Currency:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The currency of sales order&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;SMS Update:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Will send text message updates on this sales order if set up.  Learn more about text messages in Adjutant [HOW-TO-Send-out-text-message-updates-for-a-Sales-Order|here]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Items===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Fields/Filters&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Grid Headers&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Line #&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Item&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Descrip&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Qty Ord&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Qty Ship&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Quantity Shipped&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Sell Price&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ext Total&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ext Tax&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Carton List&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Carton item is loaded into for the Shipping Event&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Warehouse&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Warehouse where the item is currently stored&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Phase&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Dol Ship&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ship Amount&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Line Weight&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;DS&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Plant&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Warehouse where the item was made&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Sell Unit&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Unit Price&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Cost&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Get Price&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Piece Mark&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Length&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;RFQ #&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Back Order&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;BO Qty&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;SO SE#&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;BO Date&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;BO Note&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Pull From Stock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Base Cost&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Qty Loaded&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Subtotal&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Qty Assem&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Item Class&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Length In Inches&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Length in Feet&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Squares&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Extra 1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Price Group&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Producible&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Attributes&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;ID 1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;ID 2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Creating a Recurring Sales Order===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Step 1:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Select the Template box on the Sales Order Header tab&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot_2025-03-24_142302.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;After saving, a new button labeled Setup Recurring Ord will appear. Select this.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot_2025-03-24_142325.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;In the Recurring Status modal, set the desired parameters (frequency, number of generations, date range, etc.) then click save.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot_2025-03-24_142345.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Security Tokens===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Special 16 - NO CHECK TAXABLE:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  If checked, the user is prevented from accessing the &amp;#039;Taxable&amp;#039; checkbox in Line Item Entry. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Special 17 - EDIT PGROUP:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  If checked, the user is allowed access to edit the Customer Price Group drop down in Line Item Entry. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Special 19 - DISABLE REMOVE:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Disables the Remove Link button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Security/Screen Options===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Related Videos===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.youtube.com/embed/l9eRHw28eqA | Create and Generate Recurring Sales Order]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.youtube.com/embed/Sobns5b4OeY | Enter Cash on a Non Shipped / Produce Order]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamar</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Sales_Orders&amp;diff=5863</id>
		<title>Sales Orders</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Sales_Orders&amp;diff=5863"/>
		<updated>2025-03-24T19:27:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamar: /* Creating a Recurring Sales Order */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
==General Information==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;How To Access&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;URL&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Orders_S.htm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Menu Location&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Create &amp;gt;&amp;gt; New Sales Order&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Shortcut Icon Bar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; [[File:Sales_Order_Shortcut_Icon.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Function&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; The Sales Orders Screen is used to add, edit, close or delete sales orders. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Master Screen Tabs==&lt;br /&gt;
===Sales Orders===&lt;br /&gt;
Add, edit, close or delete sales orders. Generate purchase orders, check sales order approval status and create invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:New_Sales_Order.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Unique Actions&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Close Order&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Close the sales order&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Submit to Plant&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Submit the order to production&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Generate POs&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Generate a purchase order for items on the sales order that are not in stock and will not be produced in-house.&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ship/Invoice Ord&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Execute shipping event and invoice the order&lt;br /&gt;
:* This action links to the [[Manual Shipping]] screen. When an order is manually shipped, the sales order is closed. To edit this Sales Order further, first use the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Open Order&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; action.&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Copy Order&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Copy currently selected sales order to create a new sales order.&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;% Margain Calc&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Calculate and view margin percentage for all items on the order.&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Comm Link&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; View commissions associated with the order&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;PDF&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Launch SO PDF pop-ip window. Attach PDFs to the Print SO screen by selecting the check box. PDFs visible in the list are set up to display from the [[Sales Order PDF Attachments - SOPDF Rule]] and can be defaulted to be checked. Item attributes can also be used to default a PDF to be checked. &lt;br /&gt;
:* This option is only be available in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Actions Menu&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; once the [[Sales Order PDF Attachments - SOPDF Rule]] has been set up.&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Bullet List&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  This icon will add specific messages populated from the [^RULE-SOBLIST|SO Bullet List Rule]. When selected, it will launch a jump screen that will allow you to populate and edit a list of disclaimers based on text in the rule, or a linked .txt file. Once saved, the text body can display on the Sales Order and/or packing slip forms. The SOb button will only be available once the SOBLIST rule has been set up.  This can be displayed on the form with the following cursor &amp;#039;a_pomast.bulletnote&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Create Bill of Lading:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Create a [[Bill of Lading]] to issue to carriers for freight.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Fields/Filters&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Add/Create ShipTo:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Click the [|][image|Image|{UP}/Sales Order/A.png] button in order to create a new ShipTo for the associated Client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Client:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The client or customer the SO is being issued to.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Bill To:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The company which will be billed for the SO.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Type:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The type of SO which is being created. This could be One Time Sales Order, Change Order, Work Order, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Owner:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ship To:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The loocation which items of the SO will be sent.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;UpTax:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; This field can be clicked to UPDATE the tax rate of the ship to on the Sales Order.  This is used when an order&amp;#039;s shipto sales tax table is changed.  Once the tax table is changed on the shipto screen, user will click this button to update changes on the actual Sales Order.&lt;br /&gt;
:  &lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;No Processing:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; This checkbox will prevent an invoice from being created until all items on the sales order have been shipped.  Once the last item is shipped, an invoice number is generated when accounting is batched out (until then it&amp;#039;s a pending invoice).    &lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Hold:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; This checkbox will keep the sales order from going through the approval process.  Approvals will be enforced when this is unchecked.  &lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CPU:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  This checkbox will apply taxes based on the tax table linked to the selected Whse instead of using the Ship To&amp;#039;s tax table.  Taxes will not be applied if the Sold To or Ship To is marked as tax exempt.  &lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;SO Date:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The date the Sales order is issued.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Req Date:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The date the items are required to ship.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Load Date:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The date the items will be loaded.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Fax #:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  If the form is to be faxed, the fax number associated with this order.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Mileage:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Any associated milaeage for this Sales Order.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Account Manager:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; The Account Manager in charge of this Sales Order. &lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Sales Manager:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The Sales Manager in charge of this Sales Order.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Freight:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The method of freight payment.  Freight codes may be added/edited/deleted in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Rule Maintenance&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; screen by selecting Freight Codes from the drop-down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;FOB:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Free on Board terms.  Click here for a definition. FOB terms may be added/edited/deleted in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Rule Maintenance &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; screen by selecting FOB Codes from the drop-down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ship Via:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The method of shipping.  Ship Via Codes may be added/edited/deleted in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Rule Maintenance&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; screen by selecting Ship Via Codes from the drop-down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Custom SO#:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; The user has the ability to designate this SO with a custom number (anything other than the default/auto number)&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Confirm To:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  User-definable.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Terms:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Terms of Payment.  Terms codes may be added/edited/deleted in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Rule Maintenance&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; screen by selecting Terms Codes from the drop-down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;WHSE:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Warehouse&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Order #:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  User-definable.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Contract #:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Contract which SO is tied to.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Carrier:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; The carrier delivering items on the SO.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Plant:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Plant where items on SO were manufactured.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Remarks:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; User-definable.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Held For:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The company the items will be held for.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Priority:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Certs:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;MTRS:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Comments:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  User defined. These are pre-populated responses that can pull into the SO form.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Weight:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Project:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; The project associated with this order.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;COD Amount:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Collect on delivery amount&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;County:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Currency:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The currency of sales order&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;SMS Update:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Will send text message updates on this sales order if set up.  Learn more about text messages in Adjutant [HOW-TO-Send-out-text-message-updates-for-a-Sales-Order|here]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Items===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Fields/Filters&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Grid Headers&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Line #&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Item&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Descrip&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Qty Ord&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Qty Ship&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Quantity Shipped&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Sell Price&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ext Total&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ext Tax&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Carton List&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Carton item is loaded into for the Shipping Event&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Warehouse&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Warehouse where the item is currently stored&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Phase&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Dol Ship&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ship Amount&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Line Weight&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;DS&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Plant&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Warehouse where the item was made&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Sell Unit&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Unit Price&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Cost&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Get Price&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Piece Mark&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Length&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;RFQ #&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Back Order&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;BO Qty&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;SO SE#&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;BO Date&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;BO Note&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Pull From Stock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Base Cost&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Qty Loaded&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Subtotal&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Qty Assem&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Item Class&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Length In Inches&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Length in Feet&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Squares&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Extra 1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Price Group&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Producible&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Attributes&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;ID 1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;ID 2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Creating a Recurring Sales Order===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Select the Template box on the Sales Order Header tab.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot_2025-03-24_142302.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;After saving, a new button labeled Setup Recurring Ord will appear. Select this.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot_2025-03-24_142325.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;In the Recurring Status modal, set the desired parameters (frequency, number of generations, date range, etc.) then click save.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot_2025-03-24_142345.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Security Tokens===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Special 16 - NO CHECK TAXABLE:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  If checked, the user is prevented from accessing the &amp;#039;Taxable&amp;#039; checkbox in Line Item Entry. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Special 17 - EDIT PGROUP:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  If checked, the user is allowed access to edit the Customer Price Group drop down in Line Item Entry. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Special 19 - DISABLE REMOVE:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Disables the Remove Link button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Security/Screen Options===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Related Videos===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.youtube.com/embed/l9eRHw28eqA | Create and Generate Recurring Sales Order]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.youtube.com/embed/Sobns5b4OeY | Enter Cash on a Non Shipped / Produce Order]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamar</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Sales_Orders&amp;diff=5862</id>
		<title>Sales Orders</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Sales_Orders&amp;diff=5862"/>
		<updated>2025-03-24T19:26:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamar: /* Creating a Recurring Sales Order */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
==General Information==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;How To Access&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;URL&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Orders_S.htm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Menu Location&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Create &amp;gt;&amp;gt; New Sales Order&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Shortcut Icon Bar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; [[File:Sales_Order_Shortcut_Icon.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Function&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; The Sales Orders Screen is used to add, edit, close or delete sales orders. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Master Screen Tabs==&lt;br /&gt;
===Sales Orders===&lt;br /&gt;
Add, edit, close or delete sales orders. Generate purchase orders, check sales order approval status and create invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:New_Sales_Order.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Unique Actions&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Close Order&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Close the sales order&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Submit to Plant&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Submit the order to production&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Generate POs&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Generate a purchase order for items on the sales order that are not in stock and will not be produced in-house.&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ship/Invoice Ord&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Execute shipping event and invoice the order&lt;br /&gt;
:* This action links to the [[Manual Shipping]] screen. When an order is manually shipped, the sales order is closed. To edit this Sales Order further, first use the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Open Order&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; action.&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Copy Order&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Copy currently selected sales order to create a new sales order.&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;% Margain Calc&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Calculate and view margin percentage for all items on the order.&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Comm Link&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; View commissions associated with the order&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;PDF&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Launch SO PDF pop-ip window. Attach PDFs to the Print SO screen by selecting the check box. PDFs visible in the list are set up to display from the [[Sales Order PDF Attachments - SOPDF Rule]] and can be defaulted to be checked. Item attributes can also be used to default a PDF to be checked. &lt;br /&gt;
:* This option is only be available in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Actions Menu&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; once the [[Sales Order PDF Attachments - SOPDF Rule]] has been set up.&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Bullet List&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  This icon will add specific messages populated from the [^RULE-SOBLIST|SO Bullet List Rule]. When selected, it will launch a jump screen that will allow you to populate and edit a list of disclaimers based on text in the rule, or a linked .txt file. Once saved, the text body can display on the Sales Order and/or packing slip forms. The SOb button will only be available once the SOBLIST rule has been set up.  This can be displayed on the form with the following cursor &amp;#039;a_pomast.bulletnote&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Create Bill of Lading:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Create a [[Bill of Lading]] to issue to carriers for freight.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Fields/Filters&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Add/Create ShipTo:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Click the [|][image|Image|{UP}/Sales Order/A.png] button in order to create a new ShipTo for the associated Client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Client:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The client or customer the SO is being issued to.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Bill To:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The company which will be billed for the SO.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Type:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The type of SO which is being created. This could be One Time Sales Order, Change Order, Work Order, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Owner:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ship To:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The loocation which items of the SO will be sent.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;UpTax:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; This field can be clicked to UPDATE the tax rate of the ship to on the Sales Order.  This is used when an order&amp;#039;s shipto sales tax table is changed.  Once the tax table is changed on the shipto screen, user will click this button to update changes on the actual Sales Order.&lt;br /&gt;
:  &lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;No Processing:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; This checkbox will prevent an invoice from being created until all items on the sales order have been shipped.  Once the last item is shipped, an invoice number is generated when accounting is batched out (until then it&amp;#039;s a pending invoice).    &lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Hold:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; This checkbox will keep the sales order from going through the approval process.  Approvals will be enforced when this is unchecked.  &lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CPU:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  This checkbox will apply taxes based on the tax table linked to the selected Whse instead of using the Ship To&amp;#039;s tax table.  Taxes will not be applied if the Sold To or Ship To is marked as tax exempt.  &lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;SO Date:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The date the Sales order is issued.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Req Date:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The date the items are required to ship.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Load Date:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The date the items will be loaded.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Fax #:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  If the form is to be faxed, the fax number associated with this order.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Mileage:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Any associated milaeage for this Sales Order.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Account Manager:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; The Account Manager in charge of this Sales Order. &lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Sales Manager:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The Sales Manager in charge of this Sales Order.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Freight:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The method of freight payment.  Freight codes may be added/edited/deleted in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Rule Maintenance&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; screen by selecting Freight Codes from the drop-down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;FOB:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Free on Board terms.  Click here for a definition. FOB terms may be added/edited/deleted in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Rule Maintenance &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; screen by selecting FOB Codes from the drop-down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ship Via:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The method of shipping.  Ship Via Codes may be added/edited/deleted in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Rule Maintenance&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; screen by selecting Ship Via Codes from the drop-down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Custom SO#:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; The user has the ability to designate this SO with a custom number (anything other than the default/auto number)&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Confirm To:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  User-definable.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Terms:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Terms of Payment.  Terms codes may be added/edited/deleted in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Rule Maintenance&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; screen by selecting Terms Codes from the drop-down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;WHSE:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Warehouse&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Order #:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  User-definable.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Contract #:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Contract which SO is tied to.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Carrier:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; The carrier delivering items on the SO.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Plant:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Plant where items on SO were manufactured.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Remarks:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; User-definable.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Held For:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The company the items will be held for.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Priority:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Certs:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;MTRS:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Comments:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  User defined. These are pre-populated responses that can pull into the SO form.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Weight:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Project:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; The project associated with this order.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;COD Amount:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Collect on delivery amount&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;County:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Currency:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The currency of sales order&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;SMS Update:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Will send text message updates on this sales order if set up.  Learn more about text messages in Adjutant [HOW-TO-Send-out-text-message-updates-for-a-Sales-Order|here]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Items===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Fields/Filters&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Grid Headers&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Line #&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Item&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Descrip&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Qty Ord&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Qty Ship&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Quantity Shipped&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Sell Price&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ext Total&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ext Tax&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Carton List&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Carton item is loaded into for the Shipping Event&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Warehouse&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Warehouse where the item is currently stored&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Phase&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Dol Ship&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ship Amount&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Line Weight&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;DS&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Plant&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Warehouse where the item was made&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Sell Unit&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Unit Price&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Cost&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Get Price&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Piece Mark&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Length&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;RFQ #&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Back Order&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;BO Qty&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;SO SE#&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;BO Date&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;BO Note&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Pull From Stock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Base Cost&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Qty Loaded&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Subtotal&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Qty Assem&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Item Class&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Length In Inches&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Length in Feet&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Squares&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Extra 1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Price Group&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Producible&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Attributes&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;ID 1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;ID 2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Creating a Recurring Sales Order===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Select the Template box on the Sales Order Header tab.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot_2025-03-24_142302.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;After saving, a new button labeled Setup Recurring Ord will appear. Select this.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot_2025-03-24_142325.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;In the Recurring Status modal, set the desired parameters (frequency, number of generations, date range, etc.) then click save.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot_2025-03-24_142345.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Security Tokens===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Special 16 - NO CHECK TAXABLE:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  If checked, the user is prevented from accessing the &amp;#039;Taxable&amp;#039; checkbox in Line Item Entry. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Special 17 - EDIT PGROUP:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  If checked, the user is allowed access to edit the Customer Price Group drop down in Line Item Entry. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Special 19 - DISABLE REMOVE:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Disables the Remove Link button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Security/Screen Options===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Related Videos===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.youtube.com/embed/l9eRHw28eqA | Create and Generate Recurring Sales Order]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.youtube.com/embed/Sobns5b4OeY | Enter Cash on a Non Shipped / Produce Order]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamar</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Sales_Orders&amp;diff=5861</id>
		<title>Sales Orders</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Sales_Orders&amp;diff=5861"/>
		<updated>2025-03-24T19:25:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamar: /* Creating a Recurring Sales Order */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
==General Information==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;How To Access&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;URL&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Orders_S.htm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Menu Location&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Create &amp;gt;&amp;gt; New Sales Order&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Shortcut Icon Bar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; [[File:Sales_Order_Shortcut_Icon.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Function&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; The Sales Orders Screen is used to add, edit, close or delete sales orders. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Master Screen Tabs==&lt;br /&gt;
===Sales Orders===&lt;br /&gt;
Add, edit, close or delete sales orders. Generate purchase orders, check sales order approval status and create invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:New_Sales_Order.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Unique Actions&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Close Order&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Close the sales order&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Submit to Plant&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Submit the order to production&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Generate POs&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Generate a purchase order for items on the sales order that are not in stock and will not be produced in-house.&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ship/Invoice Ord&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Execute shipping event and invoice the order&lt;br /&gt;
:* This action links to the [[Manual Shipping]] screen. When an order is manually shipped, the sales order is closed. To edit this Sales Order further, first use the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Open Order&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; action.&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Copy Order&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Copy currently selected sales order to create a new sales order.&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;% Margain Calc&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Calculate and view margin percentage for all items on the order.&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Comm Link&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; View commissions associated with the order&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;PDF&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Launch SO PDF pop-ip window. Attach PDFs to the Print SO screen by selecting the check box. PDFs visible in the list are set up to display from the [[Sales Order PDF Attachments - SOPDF Rule]] and can be defaulted to be checked. Item attributes can also be used to default a PDF to be checked. &lt;br /&gt;
:* This option is only be available in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Actions Menu&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; once the [[Sales Order PDF Attachments - SOPDF Rule]] has been set up.&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Bullet List&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  This icon will add specific messages populated from the [^RULE-SOBLIST|SO Bullet List Rule]. When selected, it will launch a jump screen that will allow you to populate and edit a list of disclaimers based on text in the rule, or a linked .txt file. Once saved, the text body can display on the Sales Order and/or packing slip forms. The SOb button will only be available once the SOBLIST rule has been set up.  This can be displayed on the form with the following cursor &amp;#039;a_pomast.bulletnote&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Create Bill of Lading:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Create a [[Bill of Lading]] to issue to carriers for freight.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Fields/Filters&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Add/Create ShipTo:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Click the [|][image|Image|{UP}/Sales Order/A.png] button in order to create a new ShipTo for the associated Client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Client:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The client or customer the SO is being issued to.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Bill To:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The company which will be billed for the SO.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Type:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The type of SO which is being created. This could be One Time Sales Order, Change Order, Work Order, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Owner:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ship To:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The loocation which items of the SO will be sent.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;UpTax:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; This field can be clicked to UPDATE the tax rate of the ship to on the Sales Order.  This is used when an order&amp;#039;s shipto sales tax table is changed.  Once the tax table is changed on the shipto screen, user will click this button to update changes on the actual Sales Order.&lt;br /&gt;
:  &lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;No Processing:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; This checkbox will prevent an invoice from being created until all items on the sales order have been shipped.  Once the last item is shipped, an invoice number is generated when accounting is batched out (until then it&amp;#039;s a pending invoice).    &lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Hold:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; This checkbox will keep the sales order from going through the approval process.  Approvals will be enforced when this is unchecked.  &lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CPU:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  This checkbox will apply taxes based on the tax table linked to the selected Whse instead of using the Ship To&amp;#039;s tax table.  Taxes will not be applied if the Sold To or Ship To is marked as tax exempt.  &lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;SO Date:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The date the Sales order is issued.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Req Date:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The date the items are required to ship.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Load Date:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The date the items will be loaded.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Fax #:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  If the form is to be faxed, the fax number associated with this order.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Mileage:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Any associated milaeage for this Sales Order.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Account Manager:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; The Account Manager in charge of this Sales Order. &lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Sales Manager:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The Sales Manager in charge of this Sales Order.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Freight:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The method of freight payment.  Freight codes may be added/edited/deleted in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Rule Maintenance&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; screen by selecting Freight Codes from the drop-down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;FOB:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Free on Board terms.  Click here for a definition. FOB terms may be added/edited/deleted in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Rule Maintenance &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; screen by selecting FOB Codes from the drop-down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ship Via:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The method of shipping.  Ship Via Codes may be added/edited/deleted in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Rule Maintenance&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; screen by selecting Ship Via Codes from the drop-down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Custom SO#:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; The user has the ability to designate this SO with a custom number (anything other than the default/auto number)&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Confirm To:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  User-definable.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Terms:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Terms of Payment.  Terms codes may be added/edited/deleted in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Rule Maintenance&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; screen by selecting Terms Codes from the drop-down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;WHSE:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Warehouse&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Order #:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  User-definable.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Contract #:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Contract which SO is tied to.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Carrier:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; The carrier delivering items on the SO.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Plant:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Plant where items on SO were manufactured.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Remarks:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; User-definable.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Held For:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The company the items will be held for.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Priority:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Certs:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;MTRS:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Comments:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  User defined. These are pre-populated responses that can pull into the SO form.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Weight:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Project:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; The project associated with this order.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;COD Amount:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Collect on delivery amount&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;County:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Currency:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The currency of sales order&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;SMS Update:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Will send text message updates on this sales order if set up.  Learn more about text messages in Adjutant [HOW-TO-Send-out-text-message-updates-for-a-Sales-Order|here]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Items===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Fields/Filters&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Grid Headers&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Line #&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Item&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Descrip&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Qty Ord&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Qty Ship&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Quantity Shipped&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Sell Price&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ext Total&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ext Tax&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Carton List&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Carton item is loaded into for the Shipping Event&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Warehouse&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Warehouse where the item is currently stored&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Phase&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Dol Ship&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ship Amount&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Line Weight&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;DS&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Plant&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Warehouse where the item was made&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Sell Unit&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Unit Price&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Cost&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Get Price&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Piece Mark&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Length&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;RFQ #&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Back Order&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;BO Qty&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;SO SE#&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;BO Date&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;BO Note&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Pull From Stock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Base Cost&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Qty Loaded&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Subtotal&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Qty Assem&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Item Class&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Length In Inches&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Length in Feet&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Squares&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Extra 1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Price Group&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Producible&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Attributes&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;ID 1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;ID 2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Creating a Recurring Sales Order===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Select the Template box on the Sales Order Header tab.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot_2025-03-24_142302.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;After saving, a new button labeled Setup Recurring Ord will appear. Select this.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot_2025-03-24_142325.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;In the Recurring Status modal, set the desired parameters (frequency, number of generations, date range, etc.) then click save.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot_2025-03-24_142345.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Security Tokens===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Special 16 - NO CHECK TAXABLE:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  If checked, the user is prevented from accessing the &amp;#039;Taxable&amp;#039; checkbox in Line Item Entry. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Special 17 - EDIT PGROUP:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  If checked, the user is allowed access to edit the Customer Price Group drop down in Line Item Entry. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Special 19 - DISABLE REMOVE:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Disables the Remove Link button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Security/Screen Options===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Related Videos===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.youtube.com/embed/l9eRHw28eqA | Create and Generate Recurring Sales Order]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.youtube.com/embed/Sobns5b4OeY | Enter Cash on a Non Shipped / Produce Order]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamar</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=File:Screenshot_2025-03-24_142345.png&amp;diff=5860</id>
		<title>File:Screenshot 2025-03-24 142345.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=File:Screenshot_2025-03-24_142345.png&amp;diff=5860"/>
		<updated>2025-03-24T19:25:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamar</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=File:Screenshot_2025-03-24_142325.png&amp;diff=5859</id>
		<title>File:Screenshot 2025-03-24 142325.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=File:Screenshot_2025-03-24_142325.png&amp;diff=5859"/>
		<updated>2025-03-24T19:24:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamar</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=File:Screenshot_2025-03-24_142302.png&amp;diff=5858</id>
		<title>File:Screenshot 2025-03-24 142302.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=File:Screenshot_2025-03-24_142302.png&amp;diff=5858"/>
		<updated>2025-03-24T19:24:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamar</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Sales_Orders&amp;diff=5857</id>
		<title>Sales Orders</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Sales_Orders&amp;diff=5857"/>
		<updated>2025-03-24T19:20:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
==General Information==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;How To Access&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;URL&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Orders_S.htm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Menu Location&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Create &amp;gt;&amp;gt; New Sales Order&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Shortcut Icon Bar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; [[File:Sales_Order_Shortcut_Icon.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Function&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; The Sales Orders Screen is used to add, edit, close or delete sales orders. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Master Screen Tabs==&lt;br /&gt;
===Sales Orders===&lt;br /&gt;
Add, edit, close or delete sales orders. Generate purchase orders, check sales order approval status and create invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:New_Sales_Order.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Unique Actions&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Close Order&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Close the sales order&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Submit to Plant&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Submit the order to production&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Generate POs&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Generate a purchase order for items on the sales order that are not in stock and will not be produced in-house.&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ship/Invoice Ord&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Execute shipping event and invoice the order&lt;br /&gt;
:* This action links to the [[Manual Shipping]] screen. When an order is manually shipped, the sales order is closed. To edit this Sales Order further, first use the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Open Order&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; action.&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Copy Order&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Copy currently selected sales order to create a new sales order.&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;% Margain Calc&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Calculate and view margin percentage for all items on the order.&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Comm Link&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; View commissions associated with the order&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;PDF&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Launch SO PDF pop-ip window. Attach PDFs to the Print SO screen by selecting the check box. PDFs visible in the list are set up to display from the [[Sales Order PDF Attachments - SOPDF Rule]] and can be defaulted to be checked. Item attributes can also be used to default a PDF to be checked. &lt;br /&gt;
:* This option is only be available in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Actions Menu&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; once the [[Sales Order PDF Attachments - SOPDF Rule]] has been set up.&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Bullet List&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  This icon will add specific messages populated from the [^RULE-SOBLIST|SO Bullet List Rule]. When selected, it will launch a jump screen that will allow you to populate and edit a list of disclaimers based on text in the rule, or a linked .txt file. Once saved, the text body can display on the Sales Order and/or packing slip forms. The SOb button will only be available once the SOBLIST rule has been set up.  This can be displayed on the form with the following cursor &amp;#039;a_pomast.bulletnote&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Create Bill of Lading:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Create a [[Bill of Lading]] to issue to carriers for freight.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Fields/Filters&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Add/Create ShipTo:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Click the [|][image|Image|{UP}/Sales Order/A.png] button in order to create a new ShipTo for the associated Client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Client:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The client or customer the SO is being issued to.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Bill To:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The company which will be billed for the SO.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Type:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The type of SO which is being created. This could be One Time Sales Order, Change Order, Work Order, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Owner:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ship To:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The loocation which items of the SO will be sent.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;UpTax:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; This field can be clicked to UPDATE the tax rate of the ship to on the Sales Order.  This is used when an order&amp;#039;s shipto sales tax table is changed.  Once the tax table is changed on the shipto screen, user will click this button to update changes on the actual Sales Order.&lt;br /&gt;
:  &lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;No Processing:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; This checkbox will prevent an invoice from being created until all items on the sales order have been shipped.  Once the last item is shipped, an invoice number is generated when accounting is batched out (until then it&amp;#039;s a pending invoice).    &lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Hold:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; This checkbox will keep the sales order from going through the approval process.  Approvals will be enforced when this is unchecked.  &lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CPU:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  This checkbox will apply taxes based on the tax table linked to the selected Whse instead of using the Ship To&amp;#039;s tax table.  Taxes will not be applied if the Sold To or Ship To is marked as tax exempt.  &lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;SO Date:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The date the Sales order is issued.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Req Date:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The date the items are required to ship.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Load Date:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The date the items will be loaded.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Fax #:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  If the form is to be faxed, the fax number associated with this order.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Mileage:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Any associated milaeage for this Sales Order.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Account Manager:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; The Account Manager in charge of this Sales Order. &lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Sales Manager:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The Sales Manager in charge of this Sales Order.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Freight:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The method of freight payment.  Freight codes may be added/edited/deleted in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Rule Maintenance&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; screen by selecting Freight Codes from the drop-down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;FOB:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Free on Board terms.  Click here for a definition. FOB terms may be added/edited/deleted in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Rule Maintenance &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; screen by selecting FOB Codes from the drop-down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ship Via:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The method of shipping.  Ship Via Codes may be added/edited/deleted in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Rule Maintenance&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; screen by selecting Ship Via Codes from the drop-down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Custom SO#:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; The user has the ability to designate this SO with a custom number (anything other than the default/auto number)&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Confirm To:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  User-definable.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Terms:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Terms of Payment.  Terms codes may be added/edited/deleted in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Rule Maintenance&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; screen by selecting Terms Codes from the drop-down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;WHSE:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Warehouse&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Order #:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  User-definable.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Contract #:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Contract which SO is tied to.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Carrier:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; The carrier delivering items on the SO.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Plant:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Plant where items on SO were manufactured.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Remarks:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; User-definable.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Held For:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The company the items will be held for.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Priority:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Certs:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;MTRS:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Comments:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  User defined. These are pre-populated responses that can pull into the SO form.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Weight:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Project:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; The project associated with this order.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;COD Amount:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Collect on delivery amount&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;County:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Currency:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The currency of sales order&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;SMS Update:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Will send text message updates on this sales order if set up.  Learn more about text messages in Adjutant [HOW-TO-Send-out-text-message-updates-for-a-Sales-Order|here]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Items===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Fields/Filters&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Grid Headers&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Line #&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Item&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Descrip&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Qty Ord&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Qty Ship&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Quantity Shipped&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Sell Price&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ext Total&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ext Tax&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Carton List&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Carton item is loaded into for the Shipping Event&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Warehouse&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Warehouse where the item is currently stored&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Phase&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Dol Ship&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ship Amount&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Line Weight&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;DS&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Plant&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Warehouse where the item was made&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Sell Unit&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Unit Price&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Cost&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Get Price&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Piece Mark&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Length&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;RFQ #&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Back Order&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;BO Qty&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;SO SE#&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;BO Date&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;BO Note&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Pull From Stock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Base Cost&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Qty Loaded&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Subtotal&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Qty Assem&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Item Class&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Length In Inches&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Length in Feet&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Squares&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Extra 1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Price Group&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Producible&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Attributes&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;ID 1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;ID 2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Creating a Recurring Sales Order===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Select the Template box on the Sales Order Header tab.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;After saving, a new button labeled Setup Recurring Ord will appear. Select this.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;In the Recurring Status modal, set the desired parameters (frequency, number of generations, date range, etc.) then click save.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Security Tokens===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Special 16 - NO CHECK TAXABLE:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  If checked, the user is prevented from accessing the &amp;#039;Taxable&amp;#039; checkbox in Line Item Entry. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Special 17 - EDIT PGROUP:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  If checked, the user is allowed access to edit the Customer Price Group drop down in Line Item Entry. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Special 19 - DISABLE REMOVE:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Disables the Remove Link button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Security/Screen Options===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Related Videos===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.youtube.com/embed/l9eRHw28eqA | Create and Generate Recurring Sales Order]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.youtube.com/embed/Sobns5b4OeY | Enter Cash on a Non Shipped / Produce Order]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamar</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Sales_Orders&amp;diff=5856</id>
		<title>Sales Orders</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Sales_Orders&amp;diff=5856"/>
		<updated>2025-03-24T19:11:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
==General Information==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;How To Access&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;URL&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Orders_S.htm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Menu Location&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Create &amp;gt;&amp;gt; New Sales Order&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Shortcut Icon Bar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; [[File:Sales_Order_Shortcut_Icon.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Function&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; The Sales Orders Screen is used to add, edit, close or delete sales orders. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Master Screen Tabs==&lt;br /&gt;
===Sales Orders===&lt;br /&gt;
Add, edit, close or delete sales orders. Generate purchase orders, check sales order approval status and create invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:New_Sales_Order.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Creating a Recurring Sales Order&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Unique Actions&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Close Order&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Close the sales order&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Submit to Plant&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Submit the order to production&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Generate POs&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Generate a purchase order for items on the sales order that are not in stock and will not be produced in-house.&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ship/Invoice Ord&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Execute shipping event and invoice the order&lt;br /&gt;
:* This action links to the [[Manual Shipping]] screen. When an order is manually shipped, the sales order is closed. To edit this Sales Order further, first use the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Open Order&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; action.&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Copy Order&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Copy currently selected sales order to create a new sales order.&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;% Margain Calc&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Calculate and view margin percentage for all items on the order.&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Comm Link&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; View commissions associated with the order&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;PDF&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Launch SO PDF pop-ip window. Attach PDFs to the Print SO screen by selecting the check box. PDFs visible in the list are set up to display from the [[Sales Order PDF Attachments - SOPDF Rule]] and can be defaulted to be checked. Item attributes can also be used to default a PDF to be checked. &lt;br /&gt;
:* This option is only be available in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Actions Menu&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; once the [[Sales Order PDF Attachments - SOPDF Rule]] has been set up.&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Bullet List&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  This icon will add specific messages populated from the [^RULE-SOBLIST|SO Bullet List Rule]. When selected, it will launch a jump screen that will allow you to populate and edit a list of disclaimers based on text in the rule, or a linked .txt file. Once saved, the text body can display on the Sales Order and/or packing slip forms. The SOb button will only be available once the SOBLIST rule has been set up.  This can be displayed on the form with the following cursor &amp;#039;a_pomast.bulletnote&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Create Bill of Lading:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Create a [[Bill of Lading]] to issue to carriers for freight.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Fields/Filters&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Add/Create ShipTo:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Click the [|][image|Image|{UP}/Sales Order/A.png] button in order to create a new ShipTo for the associated Client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Client:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The client or customer the SO is being issued to.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Bill To:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The company which will be billed for the SO.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Type:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The type of SO which is being created. This could be One Time Sales Order, Change Order, Work Order, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Owner:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ship To:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The loocation which items of the SO will be sent.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;UpTax:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; This field can be clicked to UPDATE the tax rate of the ship to on the Sales Order.  This is used when an order&amp;#039;s shipto sales tax table is changed.  Once the tax table is changed on the shipto screen, user will click this button to update changes on the actual Sales Order.&lt;br /&gt;
:  &lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;No Processing:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; This checkbox will prevent an invoice from being created until all items on the sales order have been shipped.  Once the last item is shipped, an invoice number is generated when accounting is batched out (until then it&amp;#039;s a pending invoice).    &lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Hold:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; This checkbox will keep the sales order from going through the approval process.  Approvals will be enforced when this is unchecked.  &lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CPU:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  This checkbox will apply taxes based on the tax table linked to the selected Whse instead of using the Ship To&amp;#039;s tax table.  Taxes will not be applied if the Sold To or Ship To is marked as tax exempt.  &lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;SO Date:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The date the Sales order is issued.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Req Date:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The date the items are required to ship.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Load Date:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The date the items will be loaded.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Fax #:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  If the form is to be faxed, the fax number associated with this order.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Mileage:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Any associated milaeage for this Sales Order.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Account Manager:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; The Account Manager in charge of this Sales Order. &lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Sales Manager:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The Sales Manager in charge of this Sales Order.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Freight:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The method of freight payment.  Freight codes may be added/edited/deleted in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Rule Maintenance&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; screen by selecting Freight Codes from the drop-down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;FOB:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Free on Board terms.  Click here for a definition. FOB terms may be added/edited/deleted in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Rule Maintenance &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; screen by selecting FOB Codes from the drop-down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ship Via:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The method of shipping.  Ship Via Codes may be added/edited/deleted in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Rule Maintenance&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; screen by selecting Ship Via Codes from the drop-down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Custom SO#:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; The user has the ability to designate this SO with a custom number (anything other than the default/auto number)&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Confirm To:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  User-definable.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Terms:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Terms of Payment.  Terms codes may be added/edited/deleted in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Rule Maintenance&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; screen by selecting Terms Codes from the drop-down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;WHSE:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Warehouse&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Order #:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  User-definable.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Contract #:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Contract which SO is tied to.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Carrier:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; The carrier delivering items on the SO.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Plant:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Plant where items on SO were manufactured.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Remarks:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; User-definable.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Held For:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The company the items will be held for.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Priority:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Certs:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;MTRS:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Comments:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  User defined. These are pre-populated responses that can pull into the SO form.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Weight:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Project:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; The project associated with this order.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;COD Amount:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Collect on delivery amount&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;County:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Currency:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The currency of sales order&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;SMS Update:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Will send text message updates on this sales order if set up.  Learn more about text messages in Adjutant [HOW-TO-Send-out-text-message-updates-for-a-Sales-Order|here]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Items===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Fields/Filters&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Grid Headers&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Line #&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Item&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Descrip&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Qty Ord&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Qty Ship&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Quantity Shipped&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Sell Price&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ext Total&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ext Tax&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Carton List&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Carton item is loaded into for the Shipping Event&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Warehouse&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Warehouse where the item is currently stored&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Phase&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Dol Ship&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ship Amount&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Line Weight&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;DS&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Plant&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Warehouse where the item was made&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Sell Unit&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Unit Price&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Cost&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Get Price&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Piece Mark&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Length&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;RFQ #&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Back Order&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;BO Qty&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;SO SE#&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;BO Date&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;BO Note&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Pull From Stock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Base Cost&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Qty Loaded&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Subtotal&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Qty Assem&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Item Class&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Length In Inches&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Length in Feet&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Squares&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Extra 1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Price Group&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Producible&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Attributes&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;ID 1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;ID 2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Security Tokens===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Special 16 - NO CHECK TAXABLE:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  If checked, the user is prevented from accessing the &amp;#039;Taxable&amp;#039; checkbox in Line Item Entry. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Special 17 - EDIT PGROUP:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  If checked, the user is allowed access to edit the Customer Price Group drop down in Line Item Entry. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Special 19 - DISABLE REMOVE:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Disables the Remove Link button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Security/Screen Options===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Related Videos===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.youtube.com/embed/l9eRHw28eqA | Create and Generate Recurring Sales Order]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.youtube.com/embed/Sobns5b4OeY | Enter Cash on a Non Shipped / Produce Order]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamar</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=File:Screenshot_2025-03-17_142124.png&amp;diff=5854</id>
		<title>File:Screenshot 2025-03-17 142124.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=File:Screenshot_2025-03-17_142124.png&amp;diff=5854"/>
		<updated>2025-03-17T19:24:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamar</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=File:Screenshot_2025-03-17_142123.png&amp;diff=5852</id>
		<title>File:Screenshot 2025-03-17 142123.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=File:Screenshot_2025-03-17_142123.png&amp;diff=5852"/>
		<updated>2025-03-17T19:22:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamar</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=File:Screenshot_2025-03-17_133839.png&amp;diff=5850</id>
		<title>File:Screenshot 2025-03-17 133839.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=File:Screenshot_2025-03-17_133839.png&amp;diff=5850"/>
		<updated>2025-03-17T18:39:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamar</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=File:Screenshot_2025-03-17_132914.png&amp;diff=5848</id>
		<title>File:Screenshot 2025-03-17 132914.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=File:Screenshot_2025-03-17_132914.png&amp;diff=5848"/>
		<updated>2025-03-17T18:36:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamar</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=File:Screenshot_2025-03-17_132913.png&amp;diff=5846</id>
		<title>File:Screenshot 2025-03-17 132913.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=File:Screenshot_2025-03-17_132913.png&amp;diff=5846"/>
		<updated>2025-03-17T18:31:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamar</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Track_Length_Cost_Update&amp;diff=5845</id>
		<title>Track Length Cost Update</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Track_Length_Cost_Update&amp;diff=5845"/>
		<updated>2025-03-17T17:32:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamar: /* How-To Topic */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
==Overview==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This screen allows a user to update the base cost and ordering min/max quantites for items with &amp;#039;Track Length&amp;#039; selected in the Item Master screen.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How-To Topic==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot_2025-03-17_123145.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Adjust the CommCode/Profile/Gauge/Color filters at the top of the page to isolate the items you want to change.  Once the filters are set, select the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Refresh Table&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button.&lt;br /&gt;
# Change the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Calculate Based On&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; field to determine which field to use as a basis for the calculations (which field will be increased or decreased to determine the base cost).  &lt;br /&gt;
#* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Standard Cost (Global)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; uses the item&amp;#039;s current &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Standard Cost (Global)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; cost as a basis for the calculations.  &lt;br /&gt;
#* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Base Cost (EA)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; uses the item&amp;#039;s &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Current Cost (EA)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; cost.&lt;br /&gt;
#* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Base Cost (CWT)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; uses the item&amp;#039;s &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Current Cost (CWT)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; cost.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Select the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Price/Cost to Change&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.  This will adjust the selected price by increasing the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Calculate Based On&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; amount by the entered % or $ amount. &lt;br /&gt;
#* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Standard Cost (Global)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; will change the standard cost (usually in CWT) used when calculating the base cost for a newly-added item.  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;This cost does not affect existing length/width combinations of items.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
#* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Base Cost (EA)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; changes the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New Cost (EA)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; field.   &lt;br /&gt;
#* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Base Cost (CWT)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; changes the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New Cost (CWT)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; field.  &lt;br /&gt;
# To change the base cost for a single part, you can type directly into the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New Cost (EA)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; or &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New Cost (CWT)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; fields.  &lt;br /&gt;
#* Typing in either field will automatically convert the cost and display it on the other field.  For example, entering in a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New Cost (EA)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; will automatically convert the entered cost and display it in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New Cost (CWT)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; field for reference.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Item Control]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamar</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=File:Screenshot_2025-03-17_123145.png&amp;diff=5844</id>
		<title>File:Screenshot 2025-03-17 123145.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=File:Screenshot_2025-03-17_123145.png&amp;diff=5844"/>
		<updated>2025-03-17T17:32:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamar</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=File:Screenshot_2025-03-17_104247.png&amp;diff=5840</id>
		<title>File:Screenshot 2025-03-17 104247.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=File:Screenshot_2025-03-17_104247.png&amp;diff=5840"/>
		<updated>2025-03-17T15:44:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamar</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=File:Screenshot_2025-03-17_103426.png&amp;diff=5835</id>
		<title>File:Screenshot 2025-03-17 103426.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=File:Screenshot_2025-03-17_103426.png&amp;diff=5835"/>
		<updated>2025-03-17T15:35:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamar</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=File:Screenshot_2025-03-17_102233.png&amp;diff=5833</id>
		<title>File:Screenshot 2025-03-17 102233.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=File:Screenshot_2025-03-17_102233.png&amp;diff=5833"/>
		<updated>2025-03-17T15:29:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamar</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=File:Screenshot_2025-03-17_101425.png&amp;diff=5830</id>
		<title>File:Screenshot 2025-03-17 101425.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=File:Screenshot_2025-03-17_101425.png&amp;diff=5830"/>
		<updated>2025-03-17T15:16:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamar</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Modification_Processor_Setup_Guide&amp;diff=5829</id>
		<title>Modification Processor Setup Guide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Modification_Processor_Setup_Guide&amp;diff=5829"/>
		<updated>2025-02-28T17:09:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamar: /* Assign the Appropriate Item Attributes */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This guide covers the setup required to take advantage of the [[Modification Processing | Modification Processing Screen]].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Modification Processor application is an incredibly powerful inventory tool that should only be accessed by select personnel that have been trained on the reflexes and potential harm that can be caused to inventory items and inventory value.  A reversal tool exists, but it can not reverse every situation.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Extreme caution should be used when providing access to this screen. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Security==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Review the Security-New tab for this screen and make sure only trained users have access to the MODBOWL screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Review Setup Options==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following setup options are enabled by default in the MASTER setup.  Review these and adjust as needed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*MODBOWLUSERWHSE - Sets the Mod Processor Warehouse to the user&amp;#039;s Warehouse when the screen is loaded, otherwise its loads as unselected&lt;br /&gt;
*MODNODEL - Disables the Delete action for all users&lt;br /&gt;
*MODSAMELOT - Uses the existing lot# as the new lot# by default&lt;br /&gt;
*MODNOLABEL - Suppresses printing labels from Mod Processor&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are not the only setup options available.  There are several other options that are disabled by default, but may be applicable for your customer.  Review and adjust other setup options that can affect how Mod Processor functions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Review Mod Processor Extra Cost (MODEXTRACOST) Rule==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Mod Processor Extra Cost rule controls the valid add-in cost item codes that can be used to process extra cost into items.  Common Items for this rule are things like Freight, Handling, Processing, and Storage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add item codes that can be used to process extra cost into lot-controlled item to this rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Items can be Warehouse-specific &lt;br /&gt;
*Items can be set up with an overriding control GL account for the credit entry&lt;br /&gt;
*Items should have the &amp;#039;MODITEM&amp;#039; Item Attribute assigned&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Assign the Appropriate Item Attributes==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any item that can be modified using the Modification Processing screen, you must assign the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;MODCAPE (Modification, Base Item)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Item Attribute.  If these attributes were not assigned during Item Control setup, the attribute can be assigned per item using the Item Master screen.  Alternatively, you can assign the attribute using a SQL query as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 insert into pcxref (type,parentid,childid,ptable,ctable,cidkeyno,showon,adddate,adduser)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 select &amp;#039;MODCAPE&amp;#039; as type,itemmaster.ikey as parentid,itemmaster.ikey as childid,&amp;#039;ITEMMASTER&amp;#039; as ptable,&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;#039;ITEMMASTER&amp;#039; as ctable,&amp;#039;CCCCCC&amp;#039; as cidkeyno ,&amp;#039;ITEM&amp;#039; as showon, getdate() as adddate ,&amp;#039;_ADMIN&amp;#039; as adduser &lt;br /&gt;
 from itemmaster&lt;br /&gt;
 where item in (&amp;#039;XXXXXX&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;XXXXXXXX&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;XXXXXXX&amp;#039;) and cid = &amp;#039;CCCCCC&amp;#039; and activeitem = &amp;#039;y&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In the example above, replace the CID value (shown as &amp;#039;CCCCCC&amp;#039;), with the customer&amp;#039;s CID name.&lt;br /&gt;
*In the example above, edit the &amp;quot;where&amp;quot; statement to specify which item numbers or ikeys or other identifying criteria should be used to select the correct item records.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any item that can be used as an add-in item on the Modification Processing screen, you must assign the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;MODITEM (Modification, Add-in Item)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Item Attribute.  If these attributes were not assigned during Item Control setup, the attribute can be assigned per item using the Item Master screen.  Alternatively, you can modify the SQL query above by replacing MODITEM with MODCAPE, and adjutsing your &amp;quot;where&amp;quot; statement to select the desired records to update.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Setup Guides]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Item Control]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Production]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamar</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Modification_Processor_Setup_Guide&amp;diff=5828</id>
		<title>Modification Processor Setup Guide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Modification_Processor_Setup_Guide&amp;diff=5828"/>
		<updated>2025-02-28T17:08:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamar: /* Assign the Appropriate Item Attributes */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This guide covers the setup required to take advantage of the [[Modification Processing | Modification Processing Screen]].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Modification Processor application is an incredibly powerful inventory tool that should only be accessed by select personnel that have been trained on the reflexes and potential harm that can be caused to inventory items and inventory value.  A reversal tool exists, but it can not reverse every situation.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Extreme caution should be used when providing access to this screen. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Security==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Review the Security-New tab for this screen and make sure only trained users have access to the MODBOWL screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Review Setup Options==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following setup options are enabled by default in the MASTER setup.  Review these and adjust as needed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*MODBOWLUSERWHSE - Sets the Mod Processor Warehouse to the user&amp;#039;s Warehouse when the screen is loaded, otherwise its loads as unselected&lt;br /&gt;
*MODNODEL - Disables the Delete action for all users&lt;br /&gt;
*MODSAMELOT - Uses the existing lot# as the new lot# by default&lt;br /&gt;
*MODNOLABEL - Suppresses printing labels from Mod Processor&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are not the only setup options available.  There are several other options that are disabled by default, but may be applicable for your customer.  Review and adjust other setup options that can affect how Mod Processor functions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Review Mod Processor Extra Cost (MODEXTRACOST) Rule==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Mod Processor Extra Cost rule controls the valid add-in cost item codes that can be used to process extra cost into items.  Common Items for this rule are things like Freight, Handling, Processing, and Storage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add item codes that can be used to process extra cost into lot-controlled item to this rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Items can be Warehouse-specific &lt;br /&gt;
*Items can be set up with an overriding control GL account for the credit entry&lt;br /&gt;
*Items should have the &amp;#039;MODITEM&amp;#039; Item Attribute assigned&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Assign the Appropriate Item Attributes==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any item that can be modified using the Modification Processing screen, you must assign the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;MODCAPE (Modification, Base Item)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Item Attribute.  If these attributes were not assigned during Item Control setup, the attribute can be assigned per item using the Item Master screen.  Alternatively, you can assign the attribute using a SQL query as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 insert into pcxref (type,parentid,childid,ptable,ctable,cidkeyno,showon,adddate,adduser)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 select &amp;#039;MODCAPE&amp;#039; as type,itemmaster.ikey as parentid,itemmaster.ikey as childid,&amp;#039;ITEMMASTER&amp;#039; as ptable,&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;#039;ITEMMASTER&amp;#039; as ctable,&amp;#039;CCCCCC&amp;#039; as cidkeyno ,&amp;#039;ITEM&amp;#039; as showon, getdate() as adddate ,&amp;#039;_ADMIN&amp;#039; as adduser &lt;br /&gt;
 from itemmaster&lt;br /&gt;
 where item in (&amp;#039;XXXXXX&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;XXXXXXXX&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;XXXXXXX&amp;#039;) and cid = &amp;#039;CCCCCC&amp;#039; and activeitem = &amp;#039;y&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In the example above, replace the CID value (shown as &amp;#039;CCCCCC&amp;#039;), with the customer&amp;#039;s CID name.&lt;br /&gt;
*In the example above, edit the &amp;quot;where&amp;quot; statement to specify which item numbers or ikeys or other identifying criteria should be used to select the correct item records.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any item that can be used as an add-in item on the Modification Processing screen, you must assign the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;MODITEM (Modification, Add-in Item)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Item Attribute.  If these attributes were not assigned during Item Control setup, the attribute can be assigned per item using the Item Master screen.  Alternatively, you can modify the SQL query above by replacing MODITEM with MODCAPE, and adjutsing your &amp;quot;where&amp;quot; statement to select the desired records to update.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Setup Guides]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Item Control]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Production]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamar</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Modification_Processor_Setup_Guide&amp;diff=5825</id>
		<title>Modification Processor Setup Guide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Modification_Processor_Setup_Guide&amp;diff=5825"/>
		<updated>2025-02-11T18:29:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This guide covers the setup required to take advantage of the [[Modification Processing | Modification Processing Screen]].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Modification Processor application is an incredibly powerful inventory tool that should only be accessed by select personnel that have been trained on the reflexes and potential harm that can be caused to inventory items and inventory value.  A reversal tool exists, but it can not reverse every situation.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Extreme caution should be used when providing access to this screen. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Security==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Review the Security-New tab for this screen and make sure only trained users have access to the MODBOWL screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Review Setup Options==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following setup options are enabled by default in the MASTER setup.  Review these and adjust as needed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*MODBOWLUSERWHSE - Sets the Mod Processor Warehouse to the user&amp;#039;s Warehouse when the screen is loaded, otherwise its loads as unselected&lt;br /&gt;
*MODNODEL - Disables the Delete action for all users&lt;br /&gt;
*MODSAMELOT - Uses the existing lot# as the new lot# by default&lt;br /&gt;
*MODNOLABEL - Suppresses printing labels from Mod Processor&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are not the only setup options available.  There are several other options that are disabled by default, but may be applicable for your customer.  Review and adjust other setup options that can affect how Mod Processor functions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Review Mod Processor Extra Cost (MODEXTRACOST) Rule==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Mod Processor Extra Cost rule controls the valid add-in cost item codes that can be used to process extra cost into items.  Common Items for this rule are things like Freight, Handling, Processing, and Storage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add item codes that can be used to process extra cost into lot-controlled item to this rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Items can be Warehouse-specific &lt;br /&gt;
*Items can be set up with an overriding control GL account for the credit entry&lt;br /&gt;
*Items should have the &amp;#039;MODITEM&amp;#039; Item Attribute assigned&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Assign the Appropriate Item Attributes==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any item that can be modified using the Modification Processing screen, you must assign the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;MODCAPE (Modification, Base Item)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Item Attribute.  If these attributes were not assigned during Item Control setup, the attribute can be assigned per item using the Item Master screen.  Alternatively, you can assign the attribute using a SQL query as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 insert into pcxref (type,parentid,childid,ptable,ctable,cidkeyno,showon,adddate,adduser)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 select &amp;#039;MODCAPE&amp;#039; as type,itemmaster.ikey as parentid,itemmaster.ikey as childid,&amp;#039;ITEMMASTER&amp;#039; as ptable, &amp;#039;ITEMMASTER&amp;#039; as ctable,&amp;#039;CCCCCC&amp;#039; as cidkeyno ,&amp;#039;ITEM&amp;#039; as showon, getdate() as adddate ,&amp;#039;_ADMIN&amp;#039; as adduser from &lt;br /&gt;
 itemmaster&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 where item in (&amp;#039;XXXXXX&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;XXXXXXXX&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;XXXXXXX&amp;#039;) and cid = &amp;#039;CCCCCC&amp;#039; and activeitem = &amp;#039;y&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In the example above, replace the CID value (shown as &amp;#039;CCCCCC&amp;#039;), with the customer&amp;#039;s CID name.&lt;br /&gt;
*In the example above, edit the &amp;quot;where&amp;quot; statement to specify which item numbers or ikeys or other identifying criteria should be used to select the correct item records.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any item that can be used as an add-in item on the Modification Processing screen, you must assign the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;MODITEM (Modification, Add-in Item)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Item Attribute.  If these attributes were not assigned during Item Control setup, the attribute can be assigned per item using the Item Master screen.  Alternatively, you can modify the SQL query above by replacing MODITEM with MODCAPE, and adjutsing your &amp;quot;where&amp;quot; statement to select the desired records to update.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Setup Guides]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Item Control]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Production]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamar</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Modification_Processor_Setup_Guide&amp;diff=5824</id>
		<title>Modification Processor Setup Guide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Modification_Processor_Setup_Guide&amp;diff=5824"/>
		<updated>2025-02-11T18:29:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This guide covers the setup required to take advantage of the [[Modification Processing | Modification Processing Screen]].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Modification Processor application is an incredibly powerful inventory tool that should only be accessed by select personnel that have been trained on the reflexes and potential harm that can be caused to inventory items and inventory value.  A reversal tool exists, but it can not reverse every situation.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Extreme caution should be used when providing access to this screen. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Security==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Review the Security-New tab for this screen and make sure only trained users have access to the MODBOWL screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Review Setup Options==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following setup options are enabled by default in the MASTER setup.  Review these and adjust as needed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*MODBOWLUSERWHSE - Sets the Mod Processor Warehouse to the user&amp;#039;s Warehouse when the screen is loaded, otherwise its loads as unselected&lt;br /&gt;
*MODNODEL - Disables the Delete action for all users&lt;br /&gt;
*MODSAMELOT - Uses the existing lot# as the new lot# by default&lt;br /&gt;
*MODNOLABEL - Suppresses printing labels from Mod Processor&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are not the only setup options available.  There are several other options that are disabled by default, but may be applicable for your customer.  Review and adjust other setup options that can affect how Mod Processor functions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Review Mod Processor Extra Cost (MODEXTRACOST) Rule==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Mod Processor Extra Cost rule controls the valid add-in cost item codes that can be used to process extra cost into items.  Common Items for this rule are things like Freight, Handling, Processing, and Storage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add item codes that can be used to process extra cost into lot-controlled item to this rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Items can be Warehouse-specific &lt;br /&gt;
*Items can be set up with an overriding control GL account for the credit entry&lt;br /&gt;
*Items should have the &amp;#039;MODITEM&amp;#039; Item Attribute assigned&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Assign the Appropriate Item Attributes==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any item that can be modified using the Modification Processing screen, you must assign the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;MODCAPE (Modification, Base Item)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Item Attribute.  If these attributes were not assigned during Item Control setup, the attribute can be assigned per item using the Item Master screen.  Alternatively, you can assign the attribute using a SQL query as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 insert into pcxref (type,parentid,childid,ptable,ctable,cidkeyno,showon,adddate,adduser)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 select &amp;#039;MODCAPE&amp;#039; as type,itemmaster.ikey as parentid,itemmaster.ikey as childid,&amp;#039;ITEMMASTER&amp;#039; as ptable, &amp;#039;ITEMMASTER&amp;#039; as ctable,&amp;#039;CCCCCC&amp;#039; as cidkeyno ,&amp;#039;ITEM&amp;#039; as showon, getdate() as adddate ,&amp;#039;_ADMIN&amp;#039; as adduser from &lt;br /&gt;
 itemmaster&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 where item in (&amp;#039;XXXXXX&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;XXXXXXXX&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;XXXXXXX&amp;#039;) and cid = &amp;#039;CCCCCC&amp;#039; and activeitem = &amp;#039;y&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In the example above, replace the CID value (shown as &amp;#039;CCCCCC&amp;#039;), with the customer&amp;#039;s CID name.&lt;br /&gt;
*In the example above, edit the &amp;quot;where&amp;quot; statement to specify which item numbers or ikeys or other identifying criteria should be used to select the correct item records.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any item that can be used as an add-in item on the Modification Processing screen, you must assign the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;MODITEM (Modification, Add-in Item)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Item Attribute.  If these attributes were not assigned during Item Control setup, the attribute can be assigned per item using the Item Master screen.  Alternatively, you can modify the SQL query above by replacing MODITEM with MODCAPE, and adjutsing your &amp;quot;where&amp;quot; statement to select the desired records to update.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Setup Guides]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Item Control]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Production]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamar</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Modification_Processor_Setup_Guide&amp;diff=5823</id>
		<title>Modification Processor Setup Guide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Modification_Processor_Setup_Guide&amp;diff=5823"/>
		<updated>2025-02-11T18:28:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This guide covers the setup required to take advantage of the [[Modification Processing | Modification Processing Screen]].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Modification Processor application is an incredibly powerful inventory tool that should only be accessed by select personnel that have been trained on the reflexes and potential harm that can be caused to inventory items and inventory value.  A reversal tool exists, but it can not reverse every situation.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Extreme caution should be used when providing access to this screen. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Security==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Review the Security-New tab for this screen and make sure only trained users have access to the MODBOWL screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Review Setup Options==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following setup options are enabled by default in the MASTER setup.  Review these and adjust as needed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*MODBOWLUSERWHSE - Sets the Mod Processor Warehouse to the user&amp;#039;s Warehouse when the screen is loaded, otherwise its loads as unselected&lt;br /&gt;
*MODNODEL - Disables the Delete action for all users&lt;br /&gt;
*MODSAMELOT - Uses the existing lot# as the new lot# by default&lt;br /&gt;
*MODNOLABEL - Suppresses printing labels from Mod Processor&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are not the only setup options available.  There are several other options that are disabled by default, but may be applicable for your customer.  Review and adjust other setup options that can affect how Mod Processor functions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Review Mod Processor Extra Cost (MODEXTRACOST) Rule==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Mod Processor Extra Cost rule controls the valid add-in cost item codes that can be used to process extra cost into items.  Common Items for this rule are things like Freight, Handling, Processing, and Storage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add item codes that can be used to process extra cost into lot-controlled item to this rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Items can be Warehouse-specific &lt;br /&gt;
*Items can be set up with an overriding control GL account for the credit entry&lt;br /&gt;
*Items should have the &amp;#039;MODITEM&amp;#039; Item Attribute assigned&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Assign the Appropriate Item Attributes==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any item that can be modified using the Modification Processing screen, you must assign the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;MODCAPE (Modification, Base Item)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Item Attribute.  If these attributes were not assigned during Item Control setup, the attribute can be assigned per item using the Item Master screen.  Alternatively, you can assign the attribute using a SQL query as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 insert into pcxref (type,parentid,childid,ptable,ctable,cidkeyno,showon,adddate,adduser)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 select &amp;#039;MODCAPE&amp;#039; as type,itemmaster.ikey as parentid,itemmaster.ikey as childid,&amp;#039;ITEMMASTER&amp;#039; as ptable, &amp;#039;ITEMMASTER&amp;#039; as ctable,&amp;#039;CCCCCC&amp;#039; as cidkeyno ,&amp;#039;ITEM&amp;#039; as showon, getdate() as adddate ,&amp;#039;_ADMIN&amp;#039; as adduser from &lt;br /&gt;
 itemmaster&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 where item in (&amp;#039;XXXXXX&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;XXXXXXXX&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;XXXXXXX&amp;#039;) and cid = &amp;#039;CCCCCC&amp;#039; and activeitem = &amp;#039;y&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In the example above, replace the CID value (shown as &amp;#039;CCCCCC&amp;#039;), with the customer&amp;#039;s CID name.&lt;br /&gt;
*In the example above, edit the &amp;quot;where&amp;quot; statement to specify which item numbers or ikeys or other identifying criteria should be used to select the correct item records.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any item that can be used as an add-in item on the Modification Processing screen, you must assign the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;MODITEM (Modification, Add-in Item)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Item Attribute.  If these attributes were not assigned during Item Control setup, the attribute can be assigned per item using the Item Master screen.  Alternatively, you can modify the SQL query above by replacing MODITEM with MODCAPE, and adjutsing your &amp;quot;where&amp;quot; statement to select the desired records to update.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Setup Guides]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Item Control]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Production]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamar</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Modification_Processor_Setup_Guide&amp;diff=5822</id>
		<title>Modification Processor Setup Guide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Modification_Processor_Setup_Guide&amp;diff=5822"/>
		<updated>2025-02-11T18:24:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This guide covers the setup required to take advantage of the [[Modification Processing | Modification Processing Screen]].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Modification Processor application is an incredibly powerful inventory tool that should only be accessed by select personnel that have been trained on the reflexes and potential harm that can be caused to inventory items and inventory value.  A reversal tool exists, but it can not reverse every situation.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Extreme caution should be used when providing access to this screen. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Security==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Review the Security-New tab for this screen and make sure only trained users have access to the MODBOWL screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Review Setup Options==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following setup options are enabled by default in the MASTER setup.  Review these and adjust as needed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*MODBOWLUSERWHSE - Sets the Mod Processor Warehouse to the user&amp;#039;s Warehouse when the screen is loaded, otherwise its loads as unselected&lt;br /&gt;
*MODNODEL - Disables the Delete action for all users&lt;br /&gt;
*MODSAMELOT - Uses the existing lot# as the new lot# by default&lt;br /&gt;
*MODNOLABEL - Suppresses printing labels from Mod Processor&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are not the only setup options available.  There are several other options that are disabled by default, but may be applicable for your customer.  Review and adjust other setup options that can affect how Mod Processor functions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Review Mod Processor Extra Cost (MODEXTRACOST) Rule==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Mod Processor Extra Cost rule controls the valid add-in cost item codes that can be used to process extra cost into items.  Common Items for this rule are things like Freight, Handling, Processing, and Storage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add item codes that can be used to process extra cost into lot-controlled item to this rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Items can be Warehouse-specific &lt;br /&gt;
*Items can be set up with an overriding control GL account for the credit entry&lt;br /&gt;
*Items should have the &amp;#039;MODITEM&amp;#039; Item Attribute assigned&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Assign the Appropriate Item Attributes==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any item that can be modified using the Modification Processing screen, you must assign the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;MODCAPE (Modification, Base Item)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Item Attribute.  If these attributes were not assigned during Item Control setup, the attribute can be assigned per item using the Item Master screen.  Alternatively, you can assign the attribute using a SQL query as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 insert into pcxref (type,parentid,childid,ptable,ctable,cidkeyno,showon,adddate,adduser)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 select &amp;#039;MODCAPE&amp;#039; as type,itemmaster.ikey as parentid,itemmaster.ikey as childid,&amp;#039;ITEMMASTER&amp;#039; as ptable, &amp;#039;ITEMMASTER&amp;#039; as ctable,&amp;#039;CCCCCC&amp;#039; as cidkeyno ,&amp;#039;ITEM&amp;#039; as showon, getdate() as adddate ,&amp;#039;_ADMIN&amp;#039; as adduser from &lt;br /&gt;
 itemmaster&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 where item in (&amp;#039;XXXXXX&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;XXXXXXXX&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;XXXXXXX&amp;#039;) and cid = &amp;#039;CCCCCC&amp;#039; and activeitem = &amp;#039;y&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In the example above, replace the CID value (shown as &amp;#039;CCCCCC&amp;#039;), with the customer&amp;#039;s CID name.&lt;br /&gt;
*In the example above, edit the &amp;quot;where&amp;quot; statement to specify which item numbers or ikeys or other identifying criteria should be used to select the correct item records.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any item that can be used as an add-in item on the Modification Processing screen, you must assign the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;MODITEM (Modification, Add-in Item)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Item Attribute.  If these attributes were not assigned during Item Control setup, the attribute can be assigned per item using the Item Master screen.  Alternatively, you can modify the SQL query above by replacing MODITEM with MODCAPE, and adjutsing your &amp;quot;where&amp;quot; statement to select the desired records to update.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Setup Guides]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Item Control]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Production]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamar</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Modification_Processor_Setup_Guide&amp;diff=5821</id>
		<title>Modification Processor Setup Guide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Modification_Processor_Setup_Guide&amp;diff=5821"/>
		<updated>2025-02-11T18:23:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This guide covers the setup required to take advantage of the [[Modification Processing | Modification Processing Screen]].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Modification Processor application is an incredibly powerful inventory tool that should only be accessed by select personnel that have been trained on the reflexes and potential harm that can be caused to inventory items and inventory value.  A reversal tool exists, but it can not reverse every situation.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Extreme caution should be used when providing access to this screen. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Security==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Review the Security-New tab for this screen and make sure only trained users have access to the MODBOWL screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Review Setup Options==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following setup options are enabled by default in the MASTER setup.  Review these and adjust as needed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*MODBOWLUSERWHSE - Sets the Mod Processor Warehouse to the user&amp;#039;s Warehouse when the screen is loaded, otherwise its loads as unselected&lt;br /&gt;
*MODNODEL - Disables the Delete action for all users&lt;br /&gt;
*MODSAMELOT - Uses the existing lot# as the new lot# by default&lt;br /&gt;
*MODNOLABEL - Suppresses printing labels from Mod Processor&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are not the only setup options available.  There are several other options that are disabled by default, but may be applicable for your customer.  Review and adjust other setup options that can affect how Mod Processor functions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Review Mod Processor Extra Cost (MODEXTRACOST) Rule==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Mod Processor Extra Cost rule controls the valid add-in cost item codes that can be used to process extra cost into items.  Common Items for this rule are things like Freight, Handling, Processing, and Storage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add item codes that can be used to process extra cost into lot-controlled item to this rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Items can be Warehouse-specific &lt;br /&gt;
*Items can be set up with an overriding control GL account for the credit entry&lt;br /&gt;
*Items should have the &amp;#039;MODITEM&amp;#039; Item Attribute assigned&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Assign the Appropriate Item Attributes==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any item that can be modified using the Modification Processing screen, you must assign the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;MODCAPE (Modification, Base Item)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Item Attribute.  If these attributes were not assigned during Item Control setup, the attribute can be assigned per item using the Item Master screen.  Alternatively, you can assign the attribute using a SQL query as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 insert into pcxref (type,parentid,childid,ptable,ctable,cidkeyno,showon,adddate,adduser)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 select &amp;#039;MODCAPE&amp;#039; as type,itemmaster.ikey as parentid,itemmaster.ikey as childid,&amp;#039;ITEMMASTER&amp;#039; as ptable, &amp;#039;ITEMMASTER&amp;#039; as ctable,&amp;#039;CCCCCC&amp;#039; as cidkeyno ,&amp;#039;ITEM&amp;#039; as showon, getdate() as adddate ,&amp;#039;_ADMIN&amp;#039; as adduser from &lt;br /&gt;
 itemmaster&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 where item in (&amp;#039;XXXXXX&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;XXXXXXXX&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;XXXXXXX&amp;#039;) and cid = &amp;#039;CCCCCC&amp;#039; and activeitem = &amp;#039;y&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In the example above, replace the CID value (shown as &amp;#039;CCCCCC&amp;#039;), with the customer&amp;#039;s CID name.&lt;br /&gt;
*In the example above, edit the &amp;quot;where&amp;quot; statement to specify which item numbers or ikeys or other identifying criteria should be used to select the correct item records.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any item that can be used as an add-in item on the Modification Processing screen, you must assign the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;MODITEM (Modification, Add-in Item)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Item Attribute.  If these attributes were not assigned during Item Control setup, the attribute can be assigned per item using the Item Master screen.  Alternatively, you can modify the SQL query above by replacing MODITEM with MODCAPE, and adjutsing your &amp;quot;where&amp;quot; statement to select the desired records to update.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Setup Guides]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Item Control]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Production]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamar</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Modification_Processor_Setup_Guide&amp;diff=5820</id>
		<title>Modification Processor Setup Guide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Modification_Processor_Setup_Guide&amp;diff=5820"/>
		<updated>2025-02-11T18:22:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This guide covers the setup required to take advantage of the Mofification Processor application.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Modification Processor application is an incredibly powerful inventory tool that should only be accessed by select personnel that have been trained on the reflexes and potential harm that can be caused to inventory items and inventory value.  A reversal tool exists, but it can not reverse every situation.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Extreme caution should be used when providing access to the [[Modification Processing | Modification Processing Screen]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Security==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Review the Security-New tab for this screen and make sure only trained users have access to the MODBOWL screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Review Setup Options==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following setup options are enabled by default in the MASTER setup.  Review these and adjust as needed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*MODBOWLUSERWHSE - Sets the Mod Processor Warehouse to the user&amp;#039;s Warehouse when the screen is loaded, otherwise its loads as unselected&lt;br /&gt;
*MODNODEL - Disables the Delete action for all users&lt;br /&gt;
*MODSAMELOT - Uses the existing lot# as the new lot# by default&lt;br /&gt;
*MODNOLABEL - Suppresses printing labels from Mod Processor&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are not the only setup options available.  There are several other options that are disabled by default, but may be applicable for your customer.  Review and adjust other setup options that can affect how Mod Processor functions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Review Mod Processor Extra Cost (MODEXTRACOST) Rule==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Mod Processor Extra Cost rule controls the valid add-in cost item codes that can be used to process extra cost into items.  Common Items for this rule are things like Freight, Handling, Processing, and Storage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add item codes that can be used to process extra cost into lot-controlled item to this rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Items can be Warehouse-specific &lt;br /&gt;
*Items can be set up with an overriding control GL account for the credit entry&lt;br /&gt;
*Items should have the &amp;#039;MODITEM&amp;#039; Item Attribute assigned&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Assign the Appropriate Item Attributes==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any item that can be modified using the Modification Processing screen, you must assign the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;MODCAPE (Modification, Base Item)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Item Attribute.  If these attributes were not assigned during Item Control setup, the attribute can be assigned per item using the Item Master screen.  Alternatively, you can assign the attribute using a SQL query as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 insert into pcxref (type,parentid,childid,ptable,ctable,cidkeyno,showon,adddate,adduser)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 select &amp;#039;MODCAPE&amp;#039; as type,itemmaster.ikey as parentid,itemmaster.ikey as childid,&amp;#039;ITEMMASTER&amp;#039; as ptable, &amp;#039;ITEMMASTER&amp;#039; as ctable,&amp;#039;CCCCCC&amp;#039; as cidkeyno ,&amp;#039;ITEM&amp;#039; as showon, getdate() as adddate ,&amp;#039;_ADMIN&amp;#039; as adduser from &lt;br /&gt;
 itemmaster&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 where item in (&amp;#039;XXXXXX&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;XXXXXXXX&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;XXXXXXX&amp;#039;) and cid = &amp;#039;CCCCCC&amp;#039; and activeitem = &amp;#039;y&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In the example above, replace the CID value (shown as &amp;#039;CCCCCC&amp;#039;), with the customer&amp;#039;s CID name.&lt;br /&gt;
*In the example above, edit the &amp;quot;where&amp;quot; statement to specify which item numbers or ikeys or other identifying criteria should be used to select the correct item records.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any item that can be used as an add-in item on the Modification Processing screen, you must assign the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;MODITEM (Modification, Add-in Item)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Item Attribute.  If these attributes were not assigned during Item Control setup, the attribute can be assigned per item using the Item Master screen.  Alternatively, you can modify the SQL query above by replacing MODITEM with MODCAPE, and adjutsing your &amp;quot;where&amp;quot; statement to select the desired records to update.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Setup Guides]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Item Control]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Production]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamar</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Modification_Processor_Setup_Guide&amp;diff=5819</id>
		<title>Modification Processor Setup Guide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Modification_Processor_Setup_Guide&amp;diff=5819"/>
		<updated>2025-02-11T18:21:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This guide covers the setup required to take advantage of the Mofification Processor application.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Modification Processor application is an incredibly powerful inventory tool that should only be accessed by select personnel that have been trained on the reflexes and potential harm that can be caused to inventory items and inventory value.  A reversal tool exists, but it can not reverse every situation.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Extreme caution should be used when providing access to this screen. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Modification Processing | Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Security==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Review the Security-New tab for this screen and make sure only trained users have access to the MODBOWL screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Review Setup Options==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following setup options are enabled by default in the MASTER setup.  Review these and adjust as needed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*MODBOWLUSERWHSE - Sets the Mod Processor Warehouse to the user&amp;#039;s Warehouse when the screen is loaded, otherwise its loads as unselected&lt;br /&gt;
*MODNODEL - Disables the Delete action for all users&lt;br /&gt;
*MODSAMELOT - Uses the existing lot# as the new lot# by default&lt;br /&gt;
*MODNOLABEL - Suppresses printing labels from Mod Processor&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are not the only setup options available.  There are several other options that are disabled by default, but may be applicable for your customer.  Review and adjust other setup options that can affect how Mod Processor functions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Review Mod Processor Extra Cost (MODEXTRACOST) Rule==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Mod Processor Extra Cost rule controls the valid add-in cost item codes that can be used to process extra cost into items.  Common Items for this rule are things like Freight, Handling, Processing, and Storage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add item codes that can be used to process extra cost into lot-controlled item to this rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Items can be Warehouse-specific &lt;br /&gt;
*Items can be set up with an overriding control GL account for the credit entry&lt;br /&gt;
*Items should have the &amp;#039;MODITEM&amp;#039; Item Attribute assigned&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Assign the Appropriate Item Attributes==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any item that can be modified using the Modification Processing screen, you must assign the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;MODCAPE (Modification, Base Item)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Item Attribute.  If these attributes were not assigned during Item Control setup, the attribute can be assigned per item using the Item Master screen.  Alternatively, you can assign the attribute using a SQL query as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 insert into pcxref (type,parentid,childid,ptable,ctable,cidkeyno,showon,adddate,adduser)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 select &amp;#039;MODCAPE&amp;#039; as type,itemmaster.ikey as parentid,itemmaster.ikey as childid,&amp;#039;ITEMMASTER&amp;#039; as ptable, &amp;#039;ITEMMASTER&amp;#039; as ctable,&amp;#039;CCCCCC&amp;#039; as cidkeyno ,&amp;#039;ITEM&amp;#039; as showon, getdate() as adddate ,&amp;#039;_ADMIN&amp;#039; as adduser from &lt;br /&gt;
 itemmaster&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 where item in (&amp;#039;XXXXXX&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;XXXXXXXX&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;XXXXXXX&amp;#039;) and cid = &amp;#039;CCCCCC&amp;#039; and activeitem = &amp;#039;y&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In the example above, replace the CID value (shown as &amp;#039;CCCCCC&amp;#039;), with the customer&amp;#039;s CID name.&lt;br /&gt;
*In the example above, edit the &amp;quot;where&amp;quot; statement to specify which item numbers or ikeys or other identifying criteria should be used to select the correct item records.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any item that can be used as an add-in item on the Modification Processing screen, you must assign the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;MODITEM (Modification, Add-in Item)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Item Attribute.  If these attributes were not assigned during Item Control setup, the attribute can be assigned per item using the Item Master screen.  Alternatively, you can modify the SQL query above by replacing MODITEM with MODCAPE, and adjutsing your &amp;quot;where&amp;quot; statement to select the desired records to update.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Setup Guides]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Item Control]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Production]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamar</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Modification_Processing&amp;diff=5818</id>
		<title>Modification Processing</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Modification_Processing&amp;diff=5818"/>
		<updated>2025-02-11T18:20:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
==General Information==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Default Menu Location&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Transaction &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Item Control &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Modification Processing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;URL&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  ModProcessing_S.htm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Function&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The Modification Processor (or &amp;quot;Coil Processor&amp;quot;) is used to associate processing costs back to an item and to create new items.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Modification Processor can also:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Create new items from existing stock items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Transfer new inventory items from one warehouse to another&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Print new coil tags for new coils&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Automatically generate new lot numbers for new inventory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Allow you to fix mistakes that were made when receiving a lot controlled item&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Items used in Mod Processor are processed just like an adjustment.  The GL accounts affected are the item&amp;#039;s control account, and ic clearing account. The inputs are adjusted out of inventory and the outputs are adjusted back in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Mod_Processing_Screen.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Coil Tracking]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Item Control]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamar</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Modification_Processor_Setup_Guide&amp;diff=5817</id>
		<title>Modification Processor Setup Guide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Modification_Processor_Setup_Guide&amp;diff=5817"/>
		<updated>2025-02-11T18:18:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This guide covers the setup required to take advantage of the Mofification Processor application.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Modification Processor application is an incredibly powerful inventory tool that should only be accessed by select personnel that have been trained on the reflexes and potential harm that can be caused to inventory items and inventory value.  A reversal tool exists, but it can not reverse every situation.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Extreme caution should be used when providing access to this screen. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Modification Processing]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Security==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Review the Security-New tab for this screen and make sure only trained users have access to the MODBOWL screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Review Setup Options==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following setup options are enabled by default in the MASTER setup.  Review these and adjust as needed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*MODBOWLUSERWHSE - Sets the Mod Processor Warehouse to the user&amp;#039;s Warehouse when the screen is loaded, otherwise its loads as unselected&lt;br /&gt;
*MODNODEL - Disables the Delete action for all users&lt;br /&gt;
*MODSAMELOT - Uses the existing lot# as the new lot# by default&lt;br /&gt;
*MODNOLABEL - Suppresses printing labels from Mod Processor&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are not the only setup options available.  There are several other options that are disabled by default, but may be applicable for your customer.  Review and adjust other setup options that can affect how Mod Processor functions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Review Mod Processor Extra Cost (MODEXTRACOST) Rule==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Mod Processor Extra Cost rule controls the valid add-in cost item codes that can be used to process extra cost into items.  Common Items for this rule are things like Freight, Handling, Processing, and Storage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add item codes that can be used to process extra cost into lot-controlled item to this rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Items can be Warehouse-specific &lt;br /&gt;
*Items can be set up with an overriding control GL account for the credit entry&lt;br /&gt;
*Items should have the &amp;#039;MODITEM&amp;#039; Item Attribute assigned&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Assign the Appropriate Item Attributes==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any item that can be modified using the Modification Processing screen, you must assign the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;MODCAPE (Modification, Base Item)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Item Attribute.  If these attributes were not assigned during Item Control setup, the attribute can be assigned per item using the Item Master screen.  Alternatively, you can assign the attribute using a SQL query as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 insert into pcxref (type,parentid,childid,ptable,ctable,cidkeyno,showon,adddate,adduser)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 select &amp;#039;MODCAPE&amp;#039; as type,itemmaster.ikey as parentid,itemmaster.ikey as childid,&amp;#039;ITEMMASTER&amp;#039; as ptable, &amp;#039;ITEMMASTER&amp;#039; as ctable,&amp;#039;CCCCCC&amp;#039; as cidkeyno ,&amp;#039;ITEM&amp;#039; as showon, getdate() as adddate ,&amp;#039;_ADMIN&amp;#039; as adduser from &lt;br /&gt;
 itemmaster&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 where item in (&amp;#039;XXXXXX&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;XXXXXXXX&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;XXXXXXX&amp;#039;) and cid = &amp;#039;CCCCCC&amp;#039; and activeitem = &amp;#039;y&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In the example above, replace the CID value (shown as &amp;#039;CCCCCC&amp;#039;), with the customer&amp;#039;s CID name.&lt;br /&gt;
*In the example above, edit the &amp;quot;where&amp;quot; statement to specify which item numbers or ikeys or other identifying criteria should be used to select the correct item records.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any item that can be used as an add-in item on the Modification Processing screen, you must assign the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;MODITEM (Modification, Add-in Item)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Item Attribute.  If these attributes were not assigned during Item Control setup, the attribute can be assigned per item using the Item Master screen.  Alternatively, you can modify the SQL query above by replacing MODITEM with MODCAPE, and adjutsing your &amp;quot;where&amp;quot; statement to select the desired records to update.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Setup Guides]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Item Control]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Production]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamar</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Modification_Processor_Setup_Guide&amp;diff=5816</id>
		<title>Modification Processor Setup Guide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Modification_Processor_Setup_Guide&amp;diff=5816"/>
		<updated>2025-02-11T18:17:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This guide covers the setup required to take advantage of the Mofification Processor application.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Modification Processor application is an incredibly powerful inventory tool that should only be accessed by select personnel that have been trained on the reflexes and potential harm that can be caused to inventory items and inventory value.  A reversal tool exists, but it can not reverse every situation.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Extreme caution should be used when providing access to this screen. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Modification_Processing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Security==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Review the Security-New tab for this screen and make sure only trained users have access to the MODBOWL screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Review Setup Options==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following setup options are enabled by default in the MASTER setup.  Review these and adjust as needed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*MODBOWLUSERWHSE - Sets the Mod Processor Warehouse to the user&amp;#039;s Warehouse when the screen is loaded, otherwise its loads as unselected&lt;br /&gt;
*MODNODEL - Disables the Delete action for all users&lt;br /&gt;
*MODSAMELOT - Uses the existing lot# as the new lot# by default&lt;br /&gt;
*MODNOLABEL - Suppresses printing labels from Mod Processor&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are not the only setup options available.  There are several other options that are disabled by default, but may be applicable for your customer.  Review and adjust other setup options that can affect how Mod Processor functions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Review Mod Processor Extra Cost (MODEXTRACOST) Rule==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Mod Processor Extra Cost rule controls the valid add-in cost item codes that can be used to process extra cost into items.  Common Items for this rule are things like Freight, Handling, Processing, and Storage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add item codes that can be used to process extra cost into lot-controlled item to this rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Items can be Warehouse-specific &lt;br /&gt;
*Items can be set up with an overriding control GL account for the credit entry&lt;br /&gt;
*Items should have the &amp;#039;MODITEM&amp;#039; Item Attribute assigned&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Assign the Appropriate Item Attributes==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any item that can be modified using the Modification Processing screen, you must assign the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;MODCAPE (Modification, Base Item)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Item Attribute.  If these attributes were not assigned during Item Control setup, the attribute can be assigned per item using the Item Master screen.  Alternatively, you can assign the attribute using a SQL query as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 insert into pcxref (type,parentid,childid,ptable,ctable,cidkeyno,showon,adddate,adduser)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 select &amp;#039;MODCAPE&amp;#039; as type,itemmaster.ikey as parentid,itemmaster.ikey as childid,&amp;#039;ITEMMASTER&amp;#039; as ptable, &amp;#039;ITEMMASTER&amp;#039; as ctable,&amp;#039;CCCCCC&amp;#039; as cidkeyno ,&amp;#039;ITEM&amp;#039; as showon, getdate() as adddate ,&amp;#039;_ADMIN&amp;#039; as adduser from &lt;br /&gt;
 itemmaster&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 where item in (&amp;#039;XXXXXX&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;XXXXXXXX&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;XXXXXXX&amp;#039;) and cid = &amp;#039;CCCCCC&amp;#039; and activeitem = &amp;#039;y&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In the example above, replace the CID value (shown as &amp;#039;CCCCCC&amp;#039;), with the customer&amp;#039;s CID name.&lt;br /&gt;
*In the example above, edit the &amp;quot;where&amp;quot; statement to specify which item numbers or ikeys or other identifying criteria should be used to select the correct item records.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any item that can be used as an add-in item on the Modification Processing screen, you must assign the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;MODITEM (Modification, Add-in Item)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Item Attribute.  If these attributes were not assigned during Item Control setup, the attribute can be assigned per item using the Item Master screen.  Alternatively, you can modify the SQL query above by replacing MODITEM with MODCAPE, and adjutsing your &amp;quot;where&amp;quot; statement to select the desired records to update.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Setup Guides]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Item Control]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Production]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamar</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Modification_Processor_Setup_Guide&amp;diff=5815</id>
		<title>Modification Processor Setup Guide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Modification_Processor_Setup_Guide&amp;diff=5815"/>
		<updated>2025-02-11T18:16:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;_NOTOC_&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This guide covers the setup required to take advantage of the Mofification Processor application.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Modification Processor application is an incredibly powerful inventory tool that should only be accessed by select personnel that have been trained on the reflexes and potential harm that can be caused to inventory items and inventory value.  A reversal tool exists, but it can not reverse every situation.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Extreme caution should be used when providing access to this screen. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Modification_Processing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Security==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Review the Security-New tab for this screen and make sure only trained users have access to the MODBOWL screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Review Setup Options==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following setup options are enabled by default in the MASTER setup.  Review these and adjust as needed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*MODBOWLUSERWHSE - Sets the Mod Processor Warehouse to the user&amp;#039;s Warehouse when the screen is loaded, otherwise its loads as unselected&lt;br /&gt;
*MODNODEL - Disables the Delete action for all users&lt;br /&gt;
*MODSAMELOT - Uses the existing lot# as the new lot# by default&lt;br /&gt;
*MODNOLABEL - Suppresses printing labels from Mod Processor&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are not the only setup options available.  There are several other options that are disabled by default, but may be applicable for your customer.  Review and adjust other setup options that can affect how Mod Processor functions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Review Mod Processor Extra Cost (MODEXTRACOST) Rule==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Mod Processor Extra Cost rule controls the valid add-in cost item codes that can be used to process extra cost into items.  Common Items for this rule are things like Freight, Handling, Processing, and Storage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add item codes that can be used to process extra cost into lot-controlled item to this rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Items can be Warehouse-specific &lt;br /&gt;
*Items can be set up with an overriding control GL account for the credit entry&lt;br /&gt;
*Items should have the &amp;#039;MODITEM&amp;#039; Item Attribute assigned&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Assign the Appropriate Item Attributes==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any item that can be modified using the Modification Processing screen, you must assign the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;MODCAPE (Modification, Base Item)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Item Attribute.  If these attributes were not assigned during Item Control setup, the attribute can be assigned per item using the Item Master screen.  Alternatively, you can assign the attribute using a SQL query as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 insert into pcxref (type,parentid,childid,ptable,ctable,cidkeyno,showon,adddate,adduser)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 select &amp;#039;MODCAPE&amp;#039; as type,itemmaster.ikey as parentid,itemmaster.ikey as childid,&amp;#039;ITEMMASTER&amp;#039; as ptable, &amp;#039;ITEMMASTER&amp;#039; as ctable,&amp;#039;CCCCCC&amp;#039; as cidkeyno ,&amp;#039;ITEM&amp;#039; as showon, getdate() as adddate ,&amp;#039;_ADMIN&amp;#039; as adduser from &lt;br /&gt;
 itemmaster&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 where item in (&amp;#039;XXXXXX&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;XXXXXXXX&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;XXXXXXX&amp;#039;) and cid = &amp;#039;CCCCCC&amp;#039; and activeitem = &amp;#039;y&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In the example above, replace the CID value (shown as &amp;#039;CCCCCC&amp;#039;), with the customer&amp;#039;s CID name.&lt;br /&gt;
*In the example above, edit the &amp;quot;where&amp;quot; statement to specify which item numbers or ikeys or other identifying criteria should be used to select the correct item records.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any item that can be used as an add-in item on the Modification Processing screen, you must assign the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;MODITEM (Modification, Add-in Item)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Item Attribute.  If these attributes were not assigned during Item Control setup, the attribute can be assigned per item using the Item Master screen.  Alternatively, you can modify the SQL query above by replacing MODITEM with MODCAPE, and adjutsing your &amp;quot;where&amp;quot; statement to select the desired records to update.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Setup Guides]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Item Control]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Production]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamar</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Modification_Processor_Setup_Guide&amp;diff=5814</id>
		<title>Modification Processor Setup Guide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Modification_Processor_Setup_Guide&amp;diff=5814"/>
		<updated>2025-02-11T18:16:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This guide covers the setup required to take advantage of the Mofification Processor application.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Modification Processor application is an incredibly powerful inventory tool that should only be accessed by select personnel that have been trained on the reflexes and potential harm that can be caused to inventory items and inventory value.  A reversal tool exists, but it can not reverse every situation.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Extreme caution should be used when providing access to this screen. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Modification_Processing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Security==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Review the Security-New tab for this screen and make sure only trained users have access to the MODBOWL screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Review Setup Options==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following setup options are enabled by default in the MASTER setup.  Review these and adjust as needed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*MODBOWLUSERWHSE - Sets the Mod Processor Warehouse to the user&amp;#039;s Warehouse when the screen is loaded, otherwise its loads as unselected&lt;br /&gt;
*MODNODEL - Disables the Delete action for all users&lt;br /&gt;
*MODSAMELOT - Uses the existing lot# as the new lot# by default&lt;br /&gt;
*MODNOLABEL - Suppresses printing labels from Mod Processor&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are not the only setup options available.  There are several other options that are disabled by default, but may be applicable for your customer.  Review and adjust other setup options that can affect how Mod Processor functions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Review Mod Processor Extra Cost (MODEXTRACOST) Rule==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Mod Processor Extra Cost rule controls the valid add-in cost item codes that can be used to process extra cost into items.  Common Items for this rule are things like Freight, Handling, Processing, and Storage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add item codes that can be used to process extra cost into lot-controlled item to this rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Items can be Warehouse-specific &lt;br /&gt;
*Items can be set up with an overriding control GL account for the credit entry&lt;br /&gt;
*Items should have the &amp;#039;MODITEM&amp;#039; Item Attribute assigned&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Assign the Appropriate Item Attributes==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any item that can be modified using the Modification Processing screen, you must assign the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;MODCAPE (Modification, Base Item)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Item Attribute.  If these attributes were not assigned during Item Control setup, the attribute can be assigned per item using the Item Master screen.  Alternatively, you can assign the attribute using a SQL query as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 insert into pcxref (type,parentid,childid,ptable,ctable,cidkeyno,showon,adddate,adduser)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 select &amp;#039;MODCAPE&amp;#039; as type,itemmaster.ikey as parentid,itemmaster.ikey as childid,&amp;#039;ITEMMASTER&amp;#039; as ptable, &amp;#039;ITEMMASTER&amp;#039; as ctable,&amp;#039;CCCCCC&amp;#039; as cidkeyno ,&amp;#039;ITEM&amp;#039; as showon, getdate() as adddate ,&amp;#039;_ADMIN&amp;#039; as adduser from &lt;br /&gt;
 itemmaster&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 where item in (&amp;#039;XXXXXX&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;XXXXXXXX&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;XXXXXXX&amp;#039;) and cid = &amp;#039;CCCCCC&amp;#039; and activeitem = &amp;#039;y&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In the example above, replace the CID value (shown as &amp;#039;CCCCCC&amp;#039;), with the customer&amp;#039;s CID name.&lt;br /&gt;
*In the example above, edit the &amp;quot;where&amp;quot; statement to specify which item numbers or ikeys or other identifying criteria should be used to select the correct item records.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any item that can be used as an add-in item on the Modification Processing screen, you must assign the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;MODITEM (Modification, Add-in Item)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Item Attribute.  If these attributes were not assigned during Item Control setup, the attribute can be assigned per item using the Item Master screen.  Alternatively, you can modify the SQL query above by replacing MODITEM with MODCAPE, and adjutsing your &amp;quot;where&amp;quot; statement to select the desired records to update.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Setup Guides]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Item Control]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Production]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamar</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Save_RS_Options&amp;diff=5813</id>
		<title>Save RS Options</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Save_RS_Options&amp;diff=5813"/>
		<updated>2025-01-16T19:52:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===General Information===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Default Menu Location&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;:  Reports &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Any Report &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Save RS Options&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Screen Name&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;:  Save Report Options&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Function:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  This screen is used to create and edit report sets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How to Save Report Set Options===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;STEP 1:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Fill out report filters that should be used when running report (Eg. Ap Invoice Report):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot_2025-01-16_131001.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When filters have been selected, click the &amp;quot;Save RS Options&amp;quot; button&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Note: To run the report with a static date range, enter the start and end date on the filters.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;STEP 2:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Enter a name for your report in the &amp;quot;Report Name&amp;quot; field, and select a form from the &amp;quot;Form to Use&amp;quot; dropdown:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot_2025-01-16_132013.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Note: Naming your report a non-duplicate name will make it more easily identifiable when creating report sets in the future.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;STEP 3:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The following options can be used to run dynamic dates:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot_2025-01-16_133443.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;As Entered:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; The dates that will be used when running the report will be the dates that were filled out when the &amp;quot;Save RS Options&amp;quot; button was clicked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Blank:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; This will make the report run without a date range. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Today:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; This will make the report run for today’s date. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Offset:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; This is used in conjunction with the Offset field. Dynamic values can be entered here. Hover over the &amp;quot;i&amp;quot; for accepted offset parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;From Run RS:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; This will use whatever date range is entered on the Run Report Set screen when manually running a report set.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When desired information is filled out, click the &amp;quot;Save&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Note:&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Not every field in the &amp;quot;Start Date&amp;quot; column will be used. &lt;br /&gt;
Only use the fields that correspond to the currently selected report (Eg. For Ap Invoice Report, only use &amp;quot;Start Date&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;End Date&amp;quot; rows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Workflow Routing]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamar</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Save_RS_Options&amp;diff=5812</id>
		<title>Save RS Options</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Save_RS_Options&amp;diff=5812"/>
		<updated>2025-01-16T19:50:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===General Information===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Default Menu Location&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;:  Reports &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Any Report &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Save RS Options&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Screen Name&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;:  Save Report Options&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Function:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  This screen is used to create and edit report sets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How to Save Report Set Options===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;STEP 1:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Fill out report filters that should be used when running report (Eg. Ap Invoice Report):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot_2025-01-16_131001.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When filters have been selected, click the &amp;quot;Save RS Options&amp;quot; button&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Note: To run the report with a static date range, enter the start and end date on the filters.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;STEP 2:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Enter a name for your report in the &amp;quot;Report Name&amp;quot; field, and select a form from the &amp;quot;Form to Use&amp;quot; dropdown:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot_2025-01-16_132013.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Note: Naming your report a non-duplicate name will make it more easily identifiable when creating report sets in the future.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;STEP 3:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The following options can be used to run dynamic dates:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot_2025-01-16_133443.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;As Entered:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; The dates that will be used when running the report will be the dates that were filled out when the &amp;quot;Save RS Options&amp;quot; button was clicked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Blank:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; This will make the report run without a date range. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Today:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; This will make the report run for today’s date. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Offset:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; This is used in conjunction with the Offset field. Dynamic values can be entered here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;From Run RS:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; This will use whatever date range is entered on the Run Report Set screen when manually running a report set.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When desired information is filled out, click the &amp;quot;Save&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Note:&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Not every field in the &amp;quot;Start Date&amp;quot; column will be used. &lt;br /&gt;
Only use the fields that correspond to the currently selected report (Eg. For Ap Invoice Report, only use &amp;quot;Start Date&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;End Date&amp;quot; rows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Workflow Routing]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamar</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Save_RS_Options&amp;diff=5811</id>
		<title>Save RS Options</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Save_RS_Options&amp;diff=5811"/>
		<updated>2025-01-16T19:49:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===General Information===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Default Menu Location&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;:  Reports &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Any Report &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Save RS Options&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Screen Name&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;:  Save Report Options&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Function:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  This screen is used to create and edit report sets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How to Save Report Set Options===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;STEP 1:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Fill out report filters that should be used when running report (Eg. Ap Invoice Report):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot_2025-01-16_131001.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When filters have been selected, click the &amp;quot;Save RS Options&amp;quot; button&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Note: To run the report with a static date range, enter the start and end date on the filters.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;STEP 2:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Enter a name for your report in the &amp;quot;Report Name&amp;quot; field, and select a form from the &amp;quot;Form to Use&amp;quot; dropdown:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot_2025-01-16_132013.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Note: Naming your report a non-duplicate name will make it more easily identifiable when creating report sets in the future.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;STEP 3:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The following options can be used to run dynamic dates:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot_2025-01-16_133443.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
     &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;As Entered:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; The dates that will be used when running the report will be the dates that were filled out when the &amp;quot;Save RS Options&amp;quot; button was clicked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
     &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Blank:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; This will make the report run without a date range. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
     &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Today:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; This will make the report run for today’s date. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
     &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Offset:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; This is used in conjunction with the Offset field. Dynamic values can be entered here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
     &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;From Run RS:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; This will use whatever date range is entered on the Run Report Set screen when manually running a report set.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When desired information is filled out, click the &amp;quot;Save&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Note:&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Not every field in the &amp;quot;Start Date&amp;quot; column will be used. &lt;br /&gt;
Only use the fields that correspond to the currently selected report (Eg. For Ap Invoice Report, only use &amp;quot;Start Date&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;End Date&amp;quot; rows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Workflow Routing]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamar</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Save_RS_Options&amp;diff=5810</id>
		<title>Save RS Options</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Save_RS_Options&amp;diff=5810"/>
		<updated>2025-01-16T19:46:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===General Information===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Default Menu Location&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;:  Reports &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Any Report &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Save RS Options&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Screen Name&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;:  Save Report Options&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Function:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  This screen is used to create and edit report sets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How to Save Report Set Options===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;STEP 1:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Fill out report filters that should be used when running report (Eg. Ap Invoice Report):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot_2025-01-16_131001.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When filters have been selected, click the &amp;quot;Save RS Options&amp;quot; button&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Note: To run the report with a static date range, enter the start and end date on the filters.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;STEP 2:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Enter a name for your report in the &amp;quot;Report Name&amp;quot; field, and select a form from the &amp;quot;Form to Use&amp;quot; dropdown:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot_2025-01-16_132013.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Note: Naming your report a non-duplicate name will make it more easily identifiable when creating report sets in the future.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;STEP 3:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The following options can be used to run dynamic dates:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot_2025-01-16_133443.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
     &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;As Entered:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; The dates that will be used when running the report will be the dates that were filled out when the &amp;quot;Save RS Options&amp;quot; button was clicked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
     &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Blank:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; This will make the report run without a date range. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
     &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Today:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; This will make the report run for today’s date. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
     &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Offset:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; This is used in conjunction with the Offset field. Dynamic values can be entered here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
     &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;From Run RS:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; This will use whatever date range is entered on the Run Report Set screen when manually running a report set.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When desired information is filled out, click the &amp;quot;Save&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Workflow Routing]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamar</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Save_RS_Options&amp;diff=5809</id>
		<title>Save RS Options</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Save_RS_Options&amp;diff=5809"/>
		<updated>2025-01-16T19:45:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===General Information===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Default Menu Location&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;:  Reports &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Any Report &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Save RS Options&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Screen Name&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;:  Save Report Options&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Function:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  This screen is used to create and edit report sets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How to Save Report Set Options===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;STEP 1:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Fill out report filters that should be used when running report (Eg. Ap Invoice Report):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot_2025-01-16_131001.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When filters have been selected, click the &amp;quot;Save RS Options&amp;quot; button&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Note: To run the report with a static date range, enter the start and end date on the filters.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;STEP 2:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Enter a name for your report in the &amp;quot;Report Name&amp;quot; field, and select a form from the &amp;quot;Form to Use&amp;quot; dropdown:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot_2025-01-16_132013.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Note: Naming your report a non-duplicate name will make it more easily identifiable when creating report sets in the future.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;STEP 3:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The following options can be used to run dynamic dates:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot_2025-01-16_133443.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
     &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;As Entered:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The dates that will be used when running the report will be the dates that were filled out when the &amp;quot;Save RS Options&amp;quot; button was clicked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
     &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Blank:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  This will make the report run without a date range. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
     &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Today:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  This will make the report run for today’s date. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
     &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Offset:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  This is used in conjunction with the Offset field. Dynamic values can be entered here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
     &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;From Run RS:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  This will use whatever date range is entered on the Run Report Set screen when manually running a report set.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When desired information is filled out, click the &amp;quot;Save&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Workflow Routing]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamar</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Save_RS_Options&amp;diff=5808</id>
		<title>Save RS Options</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Save_RS_Options&amp;diff=5808"/>
		<updated>2025-01-16T19:43:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===General Information===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Default Menu Location&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;:  Reports &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Any Report &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Save RS Options&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Screen Name&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;:  Save Report Options&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Function:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  This screen is used to create and edit report sets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How to Save Report Set Options===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;STEP 1:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Fill out report filters that should be used when running report (Eg. Ap Invoice Report):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot_2025-01-16_131001.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When filters have been selected, click the &amp;quot;Save RS Options&amp;quot; button&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Note: To run the report with a static date range, enter the start and end date on the filters.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;STEP 2:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Enter a name for your report in the &amp;quot;Report Name&amp;quot; field, and select a form from the &amp;quot;Form to Use&amp;quot; dropdown:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot_2025-01-16_132013.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Note: Naming your report a non-duplicate name will make it more easily identifiable when creating report sets in the future.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;STEP 3:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The following options can be used to run dynamic dates:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot_2025-01-16_133443.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
     &amp;#039;&amp;#039;As Entered&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - The dates that will be used when running the report will be the dates that were filled out when the &amp;quot;Save RS Options&amp;quot; button was clicked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
     &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Blank&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This will make the report run without a date range.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
     &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Blank&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – This will make the report run without a date range. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
     &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Today&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – This will make the report run for today’s date. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
     &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Offset&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – This is used in conjunction with the Offset field. Dynamic values can be entered here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
     &amp;#039;&amp;#039;From Run RS&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – This will use whatever date range is entered on the Run Report Set screen when manually running a report set.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When desired information is filled out, click the &amp;quot;Save&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Workflow Routing]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamar</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Save_RS_Options&amp;diff=5807</id>
		<title>Save RS Options</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Save_RS_Options&amp;diff=5807"/>
		<updated>2025-01-16T19:43:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===General Information===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Default Menu Location&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;:  Reports &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Any Report &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Save RS Options&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Screen Name&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;:  Save Report Options&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Function:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  This screen is used to create and edit report sets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How to Save Report Set Options===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;STEP 1:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Fill out report filters that should be used when running report (Eg. Ap Invoice Report):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot_2025-01-16_131001.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When filters have been selected, click the &amp;quot;Save RS Options&amp;quot; button&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Note: To run the report with a static date range, enter the start and end date on the filters.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;STEP 2:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Enter a name for your report in the &amp;quot;Report Name&amp;quot; field, and select a form from the &amp;quot;Form to Use&amp;quot; dropdown:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot_2025-01-16_132013.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Note: Naming your report a non-duplicate name will make it more easily identifiable when creating report sets in the future.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;STEP 3:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The following options can be used to run dynamic dates:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot_2025-01-16_133443.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
     &amp;#039;&amp;#039;As Entered&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - The dates that will be used when running the report will be the dates that were filled out when the &amp;quot;Save RS Options&amp;quot; button was clicked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
     &amp;#039;As Entered&amp;#039; – The dates that will be used when running the report will be the dates that were filled out when the &amp;quot;Save RS Options&amp;quot; button was clicked. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
     &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Blank&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – This will make the report run without a date range. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
     &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Today&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – This will make the report run for today’s date. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
     &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Offset&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – This is used in conjunction with the Offset field. Dynamic values can be entered here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
     &amp;#039;&amp;#039;From Run RS&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – This will use whatever date range is entered on the Run Report Set screen when manually running a report set.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When desired information is filled out, click the &amp;quot;Save&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Workflow Routing]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamar</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Save_RS_Options&amp;diff=5806</id>
		<title>Save RS Options</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Save_RS_Options&amp;diff=5806"/>
		<updated>2025-01-16T19:42:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===General Information===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Default Menu Location&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;:  Reports &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Any Report &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Save RS Options&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Screen Name&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;:  Save Report Options&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Function:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  This screen is used to create and edit report sets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How to Save Report Set Options===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;STEP 1:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Fill out report filters that should be used when running report (Eg. Ap Invoice Report):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot_2025-01-16_131001.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When filters have been selected, click the &amp;quot;Save RS Options&amp;quot; button&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Note: To run the report with a static date range, enter the start and end date on the filters.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;STEP 2:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Enter a name for your report in the &amp;quot;Report Name&amp;quot; field, and select a form from the &amp;quot;Form to Use&amp;quot; dropdown:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot_2025-01-16_132013.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Note: Naming your report a non-duplicate name will make it more easily identifiable when creating report sets in the future.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;STEP 3:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The following options can be used to run dynamic dates:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot_2025-01-16_133443.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
     &amp;#039;As Entered&amp;#039; – The dates that will be used when running the report will be the dates that were filled out when the &amp;quot;Save RS Options&amp;quot; button was clicked. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
     &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Blank&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – This will make the report run without a date range. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
     &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Today&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – This will make the report run for today’s date. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
     &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Offset&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – This is used in conjunction with the Offset field. Dynamic values can be entered here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
     &amp;#039;&amp;#039;From Run RS&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – This will use whatever date range is entered on the Run Report Set screen when manually running a report set.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When desired information is filled out, click the &amp;quot;Save&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Workflow Routing]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamar</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Save_RS_Options&amp;diff=5805</id>
		<title>Save RS Options</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Save_RS_Options&amp;diff=5805"/>
		<updated>2025-01-16T19:40:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===General Information===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Default Menu Location&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;:  Reports &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Any Report &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Save RS Options&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Screen Name&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;:  Save Report Options&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Function:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  This screen is used to create and edit report sets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How to Save Report Set Options===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;STEP 1:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Fill out report filters that should be used when running report (Eg. Ap Invoice Report):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot_2025-01-16_131001.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When filters have been selected, click the &amp;quot;Save RS Options&amp;quot; button&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Note: To run the report with a static date range, enter the start and end date on the filters.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;STEP 2:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Enter a name for your report in the &amp;quot;Report Name&amp;quot; field, and select a form from the &amp;quot;Form to Use&amp;quot; dropdown:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot_2025-01-16_132013.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Note: Naming your report a non-duplicate name will make it more easily identifiable when creating report sets in the future.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;STEP 3:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The following options can be used to run dynamic dates:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot_2025-01-16_133443.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
     &amp;#039;&amp;#039;As Entered&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – The dates that will be used when running the report will be the dates that were filled out when the &amp;quot;Save RS Options&amp;quot; button was clicked. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
     &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Blank&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – This will make the report run without a date range. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
     &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Today&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – This will make the report run for today’s date. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
     &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Offset&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – This is used in conjunction with the Offset field. Dynamic values can be entered here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
     &amp;#039;&amp;#039;From Run RS&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – This will use whatever date range is entered on the Run Report Set screen when manually running a report set.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When desired information is filled out, click the &amp;quot;Save&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Workflow Routing]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamar</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Save_RS_Options&amp;diff=5804</id>
		<title>Save RS Options</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Save_RS_Options&amp;diff=5804"/>
		<updated>2025-01-16T19:40:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===General Information===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Default Menu Location&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;:  Reports &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Any Report &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Save RS Options&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Screen Name&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;:  Save Report Options&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Function:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  This screen is used to create and edit report sets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How to Save Report Set Options===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;STEP 1:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Fill out report filters that should be used when running report (Eg. Ap Invoice Report):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot_2025-01-16_131001.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When filters have been selected, click the &amp;quot;Save RS Options&amp;quot; button&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Note: To run the report with a static date range, enter the start and end date on the filters.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;STEP 2:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Enter a name for your report in the &amp;quot;Report Name&amp;quot; field, and select a form from the &amp;quot;Form to Use&amp;quot; dropdown:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot_2025-01-16_132013.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Note: Naming your report a non-duplicate name will make it more easily identifiable when creating report sets in the future.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;STEP 3:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The following options can be used to run dynamic dates:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot_2025-01-16_133443.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
     • &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;As Entered&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – The dates that will be used when running the report will be the dates that were filled out when the &amp;quot;Save RS Options&amp;quot; button was clicked. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
     • &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Blank&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – This will make the report run without a date range. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
     • &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Today&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – This will make the report run for today’s date. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
     • &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Offset&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – This is used in conjunction with the Offset field. Dynamic values can be entered here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
     • &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;From Run RS&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – This will use whatever date range is entered on the Run Report Set screen when manually running a report set.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When desired information is filled out, click the &amp;quot;Save&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Workflow Routing]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamar</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Save_RS_Options&amp;diff=5803</id>
		<title>Save RS Options</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Save_RS_Options&amp;diff=5803"/>
		<updated>2025-01-16T19:37:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===General Information===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Default Menu Location&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;:  Reports &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Any Report &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Save RS Options&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Screen Name&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;:  Save Report Options&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Function:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  This screen is used to create and edit report sets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How to Save Report Set Options===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;STEP 1:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Fill out report filters that should be used when running report (Eg. Ap Invoice Report):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot_2025-01-16_131001.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When filters have been selected, click the &amp;quot;Save RS Options&amp;quot; button&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Note: To run the report with a static date range, enter the start and end date on the filters.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;STEP 2:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Enter a name for your report in the &amp;quot;Report Name&amp;quot; field, and select a form from the &amp;quot;Form to Use&amp;quot; dropdown:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot_2025-01-16_132013.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Note: Naming your report a non-duplicate name will make it more easily identifiable when creating report sets in the future.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;STEP 3:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The following options can be used to run dynamic dates:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot_2025-01-16_133443.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
     • As Entered – The dates that will be used when running the report will be the dates that were filled out when the SaveRS button was clicked. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
     • Blank – This will make the report run without a date range. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
     • Today – This will make the report run for today’s date. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
     • Offset – This is used in conjunction with the Offset field. Dynamic values can be entered here. A -1d offset will set it for the day before today, a 1d offset will set it for the day after today. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
     • From RunRS – This will use whatever date range is entered on the Run Report Set screen when manually running a report set.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When desired information is filled out, click the &amp;quot;Save&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Workflow Routing]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamar</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Save_RS_Options&amp;diff=5802</id>
		<title>Save RS Options</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Save_RS_Options&amp;diff=5802"/>
		<updated>2025-01-16T19:35:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===General Information===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Default Menu Location&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;:  Reports &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Any Report &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Save RS Options&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Screen Name&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;:  Save Report Options&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Function:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  This screen is used to create and edit report sets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How to Save Report Set Options===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;STEP 1:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Fill out report filters that should be used when running report (Eg. Ap Invoice Report):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot_2025-01-16_131001.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When filters have been selected, click the &amp;quot;Save RS Options&amp;quot; button&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Note: To run the report with a static date range, enter the start and end date on the filters.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;STEP 2:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Enter a name for your report in the &amp;quot;Report Name&amp;quot; field, and select a form from the &amp;quot;Form to Use&amp;quot; dropdown:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot_2025-01-16_132013.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Note: Naming your report a non-duplicate name will make it more easily identifiable when creating report sets in the future.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;STEP 3:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The following options can be used to run dynamic dates:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot_2025-01-16_133443.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• As Entered – The dates that will be used when running the report will be the dates that were &lt;br /&gt;
filled out when the SaveRS button was clicked. &lt;br /&gt;
• Blank – This will make the report run without a date range. &lt;br /&gt;
• Today – This will make the report run for today’s date. &lt;br /&gt;
• Offset – This is used in conjunction with the Offset field. Dynamic values can be entered here. A -1d offset will set it for the day before today, a 1d offset will set it for the day after today. &lt;br /&gt;
• From RunRS – This will use whatever date range is entered on the Run Report Set screen when &lt;br /&gt;
manually running a report set.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When desired information is filled out, click the &amp;quot;Save&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Workflow Routing]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamar</name></author>
		
	</entry>
</feed>